~ [ source navigation ] ~ [ diff markup ] ~ [ identifier search ] ~

TOMOYO Linux Cross Reference
Linux/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt

Version: ~ [ linux-6.11.5 ] ~ [ linux-6.10.14 ] ~ [ linux-6.9.12 ] ~ [ linux-6.8.12 ] ~ [ linux-6.7.12 ] ~ [ linux-6.6.58 ] ~ [ linux-6.5.13 ] ~ [ linux-6.4.16 ] ~ [ linux-6.3.13 ] ~ [ linux-6.2.16 ] ~ [ linux-6.1.114 ] ~ [ linux-6.0.19 ] ~ [ linux-5.19.17 ] ~ [ linux-5.18.19 ] ~ [ linux-5.17.15 ] ~ [ linux-5.16.20 ] ~ [ linux-5.15.169 ] ~ [ linux-5.14.21 ] ~ [ linux-5.13.19 ] ~ [ linux-5.12.19 ] ~ [ linux-5.11.22 ] ~ [ linux-5.10.228 ] ~ [ linux-5.9.16 ] ~ [ linux-5.8.18 ] ~ [ linux-5.7.19 ] ~ [ linux-5.6.19 ] ~ [ linux-5.5.19 ] ~ [ linux-5.4.284 ] ~ [ linux-5.3.18 ] ~ [ linux-5.2.21 ] ~ [ linux-5.1.21 ] ~ [ linux-5.0.21 ] ~ [ linux-4.20.17 ] ~ [ linux-4.19.322 ] ~ [ linux-4.18.20 ] ~ [ linux-4.17.19 ] ~ [ linux-4.16.18 ] ~ [ linux-4.15.18 ] ~ [ linux-4.14.336 ] ~ [ linux-4.13.16 ] ~ [ linux-4.12.14 ] ~ [ linux-4.11.12 ] ~ [ linux-4.10.17 ] ~ [ linux-4.9.337 ] ~ [ linux-4.4.302 ] ~ [ linux-3.10.108 ] ~ [ linux-2.6.32.71 ] ~ [ linux-2.6.0 ] ~ [ linux-2.4.37.11 ] ~ [ unix-v6-master ] ~ [ ccs-tools-1.8.9 ] ~ [ policy-sample ] ~
Architecture: ~ [ i386 ] ~ [ alpha ] ~ [ m68k ] ~ [ mips ] ~ [ ppc ] ~ [ sparc ] ~ [ sparc64 ] ~

  1         accept_memory=  [MM]
  2                         Format: { eager | lazy }
  3                         default: lazy
  4                         By default, unaccepted memory is accepted lazily to
  5                         avoid prolonged boot times. The lazy option will add
  6                         some runtime overhead until all memory is eventually
  7                         accepted. In most cases the overhead is negligible.
  8                         For some workloads or for debugging purposes
  9                         accept_memory=eager can be used to accept all memory
 10                         at once during boot.
 11 
 12         acpi=           [HW,ACPI,X86,ARM64,RISCV64,EARLY]
 13                         Advanced Configuration and Power Interface
 14                         Format: { force | on | off | strict | noirq | rsdt |
 15                                   copy_dsdt | nospcr }
 16                         force -- enable ACPI if default was off
 17                         on -- enable ACPI but allow fallback to DT [arm64,riscv64]
 18                         off -- disable ACPI if default was on
 19                         noirq -- do not use ACPI for IRQ routing
 20                         strict -- Be less tolerant of platforms that are not
 21                                 strictly ACPI specification compliant.
 22                         rsdt -- prefer RSDT over (default) XSDT
 23                         copy_dsdt -- copy DSDT to memory
 24                         nospcr -- disable console in ACPI SPCR table as
 25                                 default _serial_ console on ARM64
 26                         For ARM64, ONLY "acpi=off", "acpi=on", "acpi=force" or
 27                         "acpi=nospcr" are available
 28                         For RISCV64, ONLY "acpi=off", "acpi=on" or "acpi=force"
 29                         are available
 30 
 31                         See also Documentation/power/runtime_pm.rst, pci=noacpi
 32 
 33         acpi_apic_instance=     [ACPI,IOAPIC,EARLY]
 34                         Format: <int>
 35                         2: use 2nd APIC table, if available
 36                         1,0: use 1st APIC table
 37                         default: 0
 38 
 39         acpi_backlight= [HW,ACPI]
 40                         { vendor | video | native | none }
 41                         If set to vendor, prefer vendor-specific driver
 42                         (e.g. thinkpad_acpi, sony_acpi, etc.) instead
 43                         of the ACPI video.ko driver.
 44                         If set to video, use the ACPI video.ko driver.
 45                         If set to native, use the device's native backlight mode.
 46                         If set to none, disable the ACPI backlight interface.
 47 
 48         acpi_force_32bit_fadt_addr [ACPI,EARLY]
 49                         force FADT to use 32 bit addresses rather than the
 50                         64 bit X_* addresses. Some firmware have broken 64
 51                         bit addresses for force ACPI ignore these and use
 52                         the older legacy 32 bit addresses.
 53 
 54         acpica_no_return_repair [HW, ACPI]
 55                         Disable AML predefined validation mechanism
 56                         This mechanism can repair the evaluation result to make
 57                         the return objects more ACPI specification compliant.
 58                         This option is useful for developers to identify the
 59                         root cause of an AML interpreter issue when the issue
 60                         has something to do with the repair mechanism.
 61 
 62         acpi.debug_layer=       [HW,ACPI,ACPI_DEBUG]
 63         acpi.debug_level=       [HW,ACPI,ACPI_DEBUG]
 64                         Format: <int>
 65                         CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUG must be enabled to produce any ACPI
 66                         debug output.  Bits in debug_layer correspond to a
 67                         _COMPONENT in an ACPI source file, e.g.,
 68                             #define _COMPONENT ACPI_EVENTS
 69                         Bits in debug_level correspond to a level in
 70                         ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT statements, e.g.,
 71                             ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT((ACPI_DB_INFO, ...
 72                         The debug_level mask defaults to "info".  See
 73                         Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/debug.rst for more information about
 74                         debug layers and levels.
 75 
 76                         Enable processor driver info messages:
 77                             acpi.debug_layer=0x20000000
 78                         Enable AML "Debug" output, i.e., stores to the Debug
 79                         object while interpreting AML:
 80                             acpi.debug_layer=0xffffffff acpi.debug_level=0x2
 81                         Enable all messages related to ACPI hardware:
 82                             acpi.debug_layer=0x2 acpi.debug_level=0xffffffff
 83 
 84                         Some values produce so much output that the system is
 85                         unusable.  The "log_buf_len" parameter may be useful
 86                         if you need to capture more output.
 87 
 88         acpi_enforce_resources= [ACPI]
 89                         { strict | lax | no }
 90                         Check for resource conflicts between native drivers
 91                         and ACPI OperationRegions (SystemIO and SystemMemory
 92                         only). IO ports and memory declared in ACPI might be
 93                         used by the ACPI subsystem in arbitrary AML code and
 94                         can interfere with legacy drivers.
 95                         strict (default): access to resources claimed by ACPI
 96                         is denied; legacy drivers trying to access reserved
 97                         resources will fail to bind to device using them.
 98                         lax: access to resources claimed by ACPI is allowed;
 99                         legacy drivers trying to access reserved resources
100                         will bind successfully but a warning message is logged.
101                         no: ACPI OperationRegions are not marked as reserved,
102                         no further checks are performed.
103 
104         acpi_force_table_verification   [HW,ACPI,EARLY]
105                         Enable table checksum verification during early stage.
106                         By default, this is disabled due to x86 early mapping
107                         size limitation.
108 
109         acpi_irq_balance [HW,ACPI]
110                         ACPI will balance active IRQs
111                         default in APIC mode
112 
113         acpi_irq_nobalance [HW,ACPI]
114                         ACPI will not move active IRQs (default)
115                         default in PIC mode
116 
117         acpi_irq_isa=   [HW,ACPI] If irq_balance, mark listed IRQs used by ISA
118                         Format: <irq>,<irq>...
119 
120         acpi_irq_pci=   [HW,ACPI] If irq_balance, clear listed IRQs for
121                         use by PCI
122                         Format: <irq>,<irq>...
123 
124         acpi_mask_gpe=  [HW,ACPI]
125                         Due to the existence of _Lxx/_Exx, some GPEs triggered
126                         by unsupported hardware/firmware features can result in
127                         GPE floodings that cannot be automatically disabled by
128                         the GPE dispatcher.
129                         This facility can be used to prevent such uncontrolled
130                         GPE floodings.
131                         Format: <byte> or <bitmap-list>
132 
133         acpi_no_auto_serialize  [HW,ACPI]
134                         Disable auto-serialization of AML methods
135                         AML control methods that contain the opcodes to create
136                         named objects will be marked as "Serialized" by the
137                         auto-serialization feature.
138                         This feature is enabled by default.
139                         This option allows to turn off the feature.
140 
141         acpi_no_memhotplug [ACPI] Disable memory hotplug.  Useful for kdump
142                            kernels.
143 
144         acpi_no_static_ssdt     [HW,ACPI,EARLY]
145                         Disable installation of static SSDTs at early boot time
146                         By default, SSDTs contained in the RSDT/XSDT will be
147                         installed automatically and they will appear under
148                         /sys/firmware/acpi/tables.
149                         This option turns off this feature.
150                         Note that specifying this option does not affect
151                         dynamic table installation which will install SSDT
152                         tables to /sys/firmware/acpi/tables/dynamic.
153 
154         acpi_no_watchdog        [HW,ACPI,WDT]
155                         Ignore the ACPI-based watchdog interface (WDAT) and let
156                         a native driver control the watchdog device instead.
157 
158         acpi_rsdp=      [ACPI,EFI,KEXEC,EARLY]
159                         Pass the RSDP address to the kernel, mostly used
160                         on machines running EFI runtime service to boot the
161                         second kernel for kdump.
162 
163         acpi_os_name=   [HW,ACPI] Tell ACPI BIOS the name of the OS
164                         Format: To spoof as Windows 98: ="Microsoft Windows"
165 
166         acpi_rev_override [ACPI] Override the _REV object to return 5 (instead
167                         of 2 which is mandated by ACPI 6) as the supported ACPI
168                         specification revision (when using this switch, it may
169                         be necessary to carry out a cold reboot _twice_ in a
170                         row to make it take effect on the platform firmware).
171 
172         acpi_osi=       [HW,ACPI] Modify list of supported OS interface strings
173                         acpi_osi="string1"      # add string1
174                         acpi_osi="!string2"     # remove string2
175                         acpi_osi=!*             # remove all strings
176                         acpi_osi=!              # disable all built-in OS vendor
177                                                   strings
178                         acpi_osi=!!             # enable all built-in OS vendor
179                                                   strings
180                         acpi_osi=               # disable all strings
181 
182                         'acpi_osi=!' can be used in combination with single or
183                         multiple 'acpi_osi="string1"' to support specific OS
184                         vendor string(s).  Note that such command can only
185                         affect the default state of the OS vendor strings, thus
186                         it cannot affect the default state of the feature group
187                         strings and the current state of the OS vendor strings,
188                         specifying it multiple times through kernel command line
189                         is meaningless.  This command is useful when one do not
190                         care about the state of the feature group strings which
191                         should be controlled by the OSPM.
192                         Examples:
193                           1. 'acpi_osi=! acpi_osi="Windows 2000"' is equivalent
194                              to 'acpi_osi="Windows 2000" acpi_osi=!', they all
195                              can make '_OSI("Windows 2000")' TRUE.
196 
197                         'acpi_osi=' cannot be used in combination with other
198                         'acpi_osi=' command lines, the _OSI method will not
199                         exist in the ACPI namespace.  NOTE that such command can
200                         only affect the _OSI support state, thus specifying it
201                         multiple times through kernel command line is also
202                         meaningless.
203                         Examples:
204                           1. 'acpi_osi=' can make 'CondRefOf(_OSI, Local1)'
205                              FALSE.
206 
207                         'acpi_osi=!*' can be used in combination with single or
208                         multiple 'acpi_osi="string1"' to support specific
209                         string(s).  Note that such command can affect the
210                         current state of both the OS vendor strings and the
211                         feature group strings, thus specifying it multiple times
212                         through kernel command line is meaningful.  But it may
213                         still not able to affect the final state of a string if
214                         there are quirks related to this string.  This command
215                         is useful when one want to control the state of the
216                         feature group strings to debug BIOS issues related to
217                         the OSPM features.
218                         Examples:
219                           1. 'acpi_osi="Module Device" acpi_osi=!*' can make
220                              '_OSI("Module Device")' FALSE.
221                           2. 'acpi_osi=!* acpi_osi="Module Device"' can make
222                              '_OSI("Module Device")' TRUE.
223                           3. 'acpi_osi=! acpi_osi=!* acpi_osi="Windows 2000"' is
224                              equivalent to
225                              'acpi_osi=!* acpi_osi=! acpi_osi="Windows 2000"'
226                              and
227                              'acpi_osi=!* acpi_osi="Windows 2000" acpi_osi=!',
228                              they all will make '_OSI("Windows 2000")' TRUE.
229 
230         acpi_pm_good    [X86]
231                         Override the pmtimer bug detection: force the kernel
232                         to assume that this machine's pmtimer latches its value
233                         and always returns good values.
234 
235         acpi_sci=       [HW,ACPI,EARLY] ACPI System Control Interrupt trigger mode
236                         Format: { level | edge | high | low }
237 
238         acpi_skip_timer_override [HW,ACPI,EARLY]
239                         Recognize and ignore IRQ0/pin2 Interrupt Override.
240                         For broken nForce2 BIOS resulting in XT-PIC timer.
241 
242         acpi_sleep=     [HW,ACPI] Sleep options
243                         Format: { s3_bios, s3_mode, s3_beep, s4_hwsig,
244                                   s4_nohwsig, old_ordering, nonvs,
245                                   sci_force_enable, nobl }
246                         See Documentation/power/video.rst for information on
247                         s3_bios and s3_mode.
248                         s3_beep is for debugging; it makes the PC's speaker beep
249                         as soon as the kernel's real-mode entry point is called.
250                         s4_hwsig causes the kernel to check the ACPI hardware
251                         signature during resume from hibernation, and gracefully
252                         refuse to resume if it has changed. This complies with
253                         the ACPI specification but not with reality, since
254                         Windows does not do this and many laptops do change it
255                         on docking. So the default behaviour is to allow resume
256                         and simply warn when the signature changes, unless the
257                         s4_hwsig option is enabled.
258                         s4_nohwsig prevents ACPI hardware signature from being
259                         used (or even warned about) during resume.
260                         old_ordering causes the ACPI 1.0 ordering of the _PTS
261                         control method, with respect to putting devices into
262                         low power states, to be enforced (the ACPI 2.0 ordering
263                         of _PTS is used by default).
264                         nonvs prevents the kernel from saving/restoring the
265                         ACPI NVS memory during suspend/hibernation and resume.
266                         sci_force_enable causes the kernel to set SCI_EN directly
267                         on resume from S1/S3 (which is against the ACPI spec,
268                         but some broken systems don't work without it).
269                         nobl causes the internal blacklist of systems known to
270                         behave incorrectly in some ways with respect to system
271                         suspend and resume to be ignored (use wisely).
272 
273         acpi_use_timer_override [HW,ACPI,EARLY]
274                         Use timer override. For some broken Nvidia NF5 boards
275                         that require a timer override, but don't have HPET
276 
277         add_efi_memmap  [EFI,X86,EARLY] Include EFI memory map in
278                         kernel's map of available physical RAM.
279 
280         agp=            [AGP]
281                         { off | try_unsupported }
282                         off: disable AGP support
283                         try_unsupported: try to drive unsupported chipsets
284                                 (may crash computer or cause data corruption)
285 
286         ALSA            [HW,ALSA]
287                         See Documentation/sound/alsa-configuration.rst
288 
289         alignment=      [KNL,ARM]
290                         Allow the default userspace alignment fault handler
291                         behaviour to be specified.  Bit 0 enables warnings,
292                         bit 1 enables fixups, and bit 2 sends a segfault.
293 
294         align_va_addr=  [X86-64]
295                         Align virtual addresses by clearing slice [14:12] when
296                         allocating a VMA at process creation time. This option
297                         gives you up to 3% performance improvement on AMD F15h
298                         machines (where it is enabled by default) for a
299                         CPU-intensive style benchmark, and it can vary highly in
300                         a microbenchmark depending on workload and compiler.
301 
302                         32: only for 32-bit processes
303                         64: only for 64-bit processes
304                         on: enable for both 32- and 64-bit processes
305                         off: disable for both 32- and 64-bit processes
306 
307         alloc_snapshot  [FTRACE]
308                         Allocate the ftrace snapshot buffer on boot up when the
309                         main buffer is allocated. This is handy if debugging
310                         and you need to use tracing_snapshot() on boot up, and
311                         do not want to use tracing_snapshot_alloc() as it needs
312                         to be done where GFP_KERNEL allocations are allowed.
313 
314         allow_mismatched_32bit_el0 [ARM64,EARLY]
315                         Allow execve() of 32-bit applications and setting of the
316                         PER_LINUX32 personality on systems where only a strict
317                         subset of the CPUs support 32-bit EL0. When this
318                         parameter is present, the set of CPUs supporting 32-bit
319                         EL0 is indicated by /sys/devices/system/cpu/aarch32_el0
320                         and hot-unplug operations may be restricted.
321 
322                         See Documentation/arch/arm64/asymmetric-32bit.rst for more
323                         information.
324 
325         amd_iommu=      [HW,X86-64]
326                         Pass parameters to the AMD IOMMU driver in the system.
327                         Possible values are:
328                         fullflush - Deprecated, equivalent to iommu.strict=1
329                         off       - do not initialize any AMD IOMMU found in
330                                     the system
331                         force_isolation - Force device isolation for all
332                                           devices. The IOMMU driver is not
333                                           allowed anymore to lift isolation
334                                           requirements as needed. This option
335                                           does not override iommu=pt
336                         force_enable - Force enable the IOMMU on platforms known
337                                        to be buggy with IOMMU enabled. Use this
338                                        option with care.
339                         pgtbl_v1     - Use v1 page table for DMA-API (Default).
340                         pgtbl_v2     - Use v2 page table for DMA-API.
341                         irtcachedis  - Disable Interrupt Remapping Table (IRT) caching.
342 
343         amd_iommu_dump= [HW,X86-64]
344                         Enable AMD IOMMU driver option to dump the ACPI table
345                         for AMD IOMMU. With this option enabled, AMD IOMMU
346                         driver will print ACPI tables for AMD IOMMU during
347                         IOMMU initialization.
348 
349         amd_iommu_intr= [HW,X86-64]
350                         Specifies one of the following AMD IOMMU interrupt
351                         remapping modes:
352                         legacy     - Use legacy interrupt remapping mode.
353                         vapic      - Use virtual APIC mode, which allows IOMMU
354                                      to inject interrupts directly into guest.
355                                      This mode requires kvm-amd.avic=1.
356                                      (Default when IOMMU HW support is present.)
357 
358         amd_pstate=     [X86,EARLY]
359                         disable
360                           Do not enable amd_pstate as the default
361                           scaling driver for the supported processors
362                         passive
363                           Use amd_pstate with passive mode as a scaling driver.
364                           In this mode autonomous selection is disabled.
365                           Driver requests a desired performance level and platform
366                           tries to match the same performance level if it is
367                           satisfied by guaranteed performance level.
368                         active
369                           Use amd_pstate_epp driver instance as the scaling driver,
370                           driver provides a hint to the hardware if software wants
371                           to bias toward performance (0x0) or energy efficiency (0xff)
372                           to the CPPC firmware. then CPPC power algorithm will
373                           calculate the runtime workload and adjust the realtime cores
374                           frequency.
375                         guided
376                           Activate guided autonomous mode. Driver requests minimum and
377                           maximum performance level and the platform autonomously
378                           selects a performance level in this range and appropriate
379                           to the current workload.
380 
381         amd_prefcore=
382                         [X86]
383                         disable
384                           Disable amd-pstate preferred core.
385 
386         amijoy.map=     [HW,JOY] Amiga joystick support
387                         Map of devices attached to JOY0DAT and JOY1DAT
388                         Format: <a>,<b>
389                         See also Documentation/input/joydev/joystick.rst
390 
391         analog.map=     [HW,JOY] Analog joystick and gamepad support
392                         Specifies type or capabilities of an analog joystick
393                         connected to one of 16 gameports
394                         Format: <type1>,<type2>,..<type16>
395 
396         apc=            [HW,SPARC]
397                         Power management functions (SPARCstation-4/5 + deriv.)
398                         Format: noidle
399                         Disable APC CPU standby support. SPARCstation-Fox does
400                         not play well with APC CPU idle - disable it if you have
401                         APC and your system crashes randomly.
402 
403         apic=           [APIC,X86,EARLY] Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller
404                         Change the output verbosity while booting
405                         Format: { quiet (default) | verbose | debug }
406                         Change the amount of debugging information output
407                         when initialising the APIC and IO-APIC components.
408                         For X86-32, this can also be used to specify an APIC
409                         driver name.
410                         Format: apic=driver_name
411                         Examples: apic=bigsmp
412 
413         apic_extnmi=    [APIC,X86,EARLY] External NMI delivery setting
414                         Format: { bsp (default) | all | none }
415                         bsp:  External NMI is delivered only to CPU 0
416                         all:  External NMIs are broadcast to all CPUs as a
417                               backup of CPU 0
418                         none: External NMI is masked for all CPUs. This is
419                               useful so that a dump capture kernel won't be
420                               shot down by NMI
421 
422         autoconf=       [IPV6]
423                         See Documentation/networking/ipv6.rst.
424 
425         apm=            [APM] Advanced Power Management
426                         See header of arch/x86/kernel/apm_32.c.
427 
428         apparmor=       [APPARMOR] Disable or enable AppArmor at boot time
429                         Format: { "0" | "1" }
430                         See security/apparmor/Kconfig help text
431                         0 -- disable.
432                         1 -- enable.
433                         Default value is set via kernel config option.
434 
435         arcrimi=        [HW,NET] ARCnet - "RIM I" (entirely mem-mapped) cards
436                         Format: <io>,<irq>,<nodeID>
437 
438         arm64.no32bit_el0 [ARM64] Unconditionally disable the execution of
439                         32 bit applications.
440 
441         arm64.nobti     [ARM64] Unconditionally disable Branch Target
442                         Identification support
443 
444         arm64.nomops    [ARM64] Unconditionally disable Memory Copy and Memory
445                         Set instructions support
446 
447         arm64.nomte     [ARM64] Unconditionally disable Memory Tagging Extension
448                         support
449 
450         arm64.nopauth   [ARM64] Unconditionally disable Pointer Authentication
451                         support
452 
453         arm64.nosme     [ARM64] Unconditionally disable Scalable Matrix
454                         Extension support
455 
456         arm64.nosve     [ARM64] Unconditionally disable Scalable Vector
457                         Extension support
458 
459         ataflop=        [HW,M68k]
460 
461         atarimouse=     [HW,MOUSE] Atari Mouse
462 
463         atkbd.extra=    [HW] Enable extra LEDs and keys on IBM RapidAccess,
464                         EzKey and similar keyboards
465 
466         atkbd.reset=    [HW] Reset keyboard during initialization
467 
468         atkbd.set=      [HW] Select keyboard code set
469                         Format: <int> (2 = AT (default), 3 = PS/2)
470 
471         atkbd.scroll=   [HW] Enable scroll wheel on MS Office and similar
472                         keyboards
473 
474         atkbd.softraw=  [HW] Choose between synthetic and real raw mode
475                         Format: <bool> (0 = real, 1 = synthetic (default))
476 
477         atkbd.softrepeat= [HW]
478                         Use software keyboard repeat
479 
480         audit=          [KNL] Enable the audit sub-system
481                         Format: { "0" | "1" | "off" | "on" }
482                         0 | off - kernel audit is disabled and can not be
483                             enabled until the next reboot
484                         unset - kernel audit is initialized but disabled and
485                             will be fully enabled by the userspace auditd.
486                         1 | on - kernel audit is initialized and partially
487                             enabled, storing at most audit_backlog_limit
488                             messages in RAM until it is fully enabled by the
489                             userspace auditd.
490                         Default: unset
491 
492         audit_backlog_limit= [KNL] Set the audit queue size limit.
493                         Format: <int> (must be >=0)
494                         Default: 64
495 
496         bau=            [X86_UV] Enable the BAU on SGI UV.  The default
497                         behavior is to disable the BAU (i.e. bau=0).
498                         Format: { "0" | "1" }
499                         0 - Disable the BAU.
500                         1 - Enable the BAU.
501                         unset - Disable the BAU.
502 
503         baycom_epp=     [HW,AX25]
504                         Format: <io>,<mode>
505 
506         baycom_par=     [HW,AX25] BayCom Parallel Port AX.25 Modem
507                         Format: <io>,<mode>
508                         See header of drivers/net/hamradio/baycom_par.c.
509 
510         baycom_ser_fdx= [HW,AX25]
511                         BayCom Serial Port AX.25 Modem (Full Duplex Mode)
512                         Format: <io>,<irq>,<mode>[,<baud>]
513                         See header of drivers/net/hamradio/baycom_ser_fdx.c.
514 
515         baycom_ser_hdx= [HW,AX25]
516                         BayCom Serial Port AX.25 Modem (Half Duplex Mode)
517                         Format: <io>,<irq>,<mode>
518                         See header of drivers/net/hamradio/baycom_ser_hdx.c.
519 
520         bert_disable    [ACPI]
521                         Disable BERT OS support on buggy BIOSes.
522 
523         bgrt_disable    [ACPI,X86,EARLY]
524                         Disable BGRT to avoid flickering OEM logo.
525 
526         blkdevparts=    Manual partition parsing of block device(s) for
527                         embedded devices based on command line input.
528                         See Documentation/block/cmdline-partition.rst
529 
530         boot_delay=     [KNL,EARLY]
531                         Milliseconds to delay each printk during boot.
532                         Only works if CONFIG_BOOT_PRINTK_DELAY is enabled,
533                         and you may also have to specify "lpj=".  Boot_delay
534                         values larger than 10 seconds (10000) are assumed
535                         erroneous and ignored.
536                         Format: integer
537 
538         bootconfig      [KNL,EARLY]
539                         Extended command line options can be added to an initrd
540                         and this will cause the kernel to look for it.
541 
542                         See Documentation/admin-guide/bootconfig.rst
543 
544         bttv.card=      [HW,V4L] bttv (bt848 + bt878 based grabber cards)
545         bttv.radio=     Most important insmod options are available as
546                         kernel args too.
547         bttv.pll=       See Documentation/admin-guide/media/bttv.rst
548         bttv.tuner=
549 
550         bulk_remove=off [PPC]  This parameter disables the use of the pSeries
551                         firmware feature for flushing multiple hpte entries
552                         at a time.
553 
554         c101=           [NET] Moxa C101 synchronous serial card
555 
556         cachesize=      [BUGS=X86-32] Override level 2 CPU cache size detection.
557                         Sometimes CPU hardware bugs make them report the cache
558                         size incorrectly. The kernel will attempt work arounds
559                         to fix known problems, but for some CPUs it is not
560                         possible to determine what the correct size should be.
561                         This option provides an override for these situations.
562 
563         carrier_timeout=
564                         [NET] Specifies amount of time (in seconds) that
565                         the kernel should wait for a network carrier. By default
566                         it waits 120 seconds.
567 
568         ca_keys=        [KEYS] This parameter identifies a specific key(s) on
569                         the system trusted keyring to be used for certificate
570                         trust validation.
571                         format: { id:<keyid> | builtin }
572 
573         cca=            [MIPS,EARLY] Override the kernel pages' cache coherency
574                         algorithm.  Accepted values range from 0 to 7
575                         inclusive. See arch/mips/include/asm/pgtable-bits.h
576                         for platform specific values (SB1, Loongson3 and
577                         others).
578 
579         ccw_timeout_log [S390]
580                         See Documentation/arch/s390/common_io.rst for details.
581 
582         cgroup_disable= [KNL] Disable a particular controller or optional feature
583                         Format: {name of the controller(s) or feature(s) to disable}
584                         The effects of cgroup_disable=foo are:
585                         - foo isn't auto-mounted if you mount all cgroups in
586                           a single hierarchy
587                         - foo isn't visible as an individually mountable
588                           subsystem
589                         - if foo is an optional feature then the feature is
590                           disabled and corresponding cgroup files are not
591                           created
592                         {Currently only "memory" controller deal with this and
593                         cut the overhead, others just disable the usage. So
594                         only cgroup_disable=memory is actually worthy}
595                         Specifying "pressure" disables per-cgroup pressure
596                         stall information accounting feature
597 
598         cgroup_no_v1=   [KNL] Disable cgroup controllers and named hierarchies in v1
599                         Format: { { controller | "all" | "named" }
600                                   [,{ controller | "all" | "named" }...] }
601                         Like cgroup_disable, but only applies to cgroup v1;
602                         the blacklisted controllers remain available in cgroup2.
603                         "all" blacklists all controllers and "named" disables
604                         named mounts. Specifying both "all" and "named" disables
605                         all v1 hierarchies.
606 
607         cgroup_favordynmods= [KNL] Enable or Disable favordynmods.
608                         Format: { "true" | "false" }
609                         Defaults to the value of CONFIG_CGROUP_FAVOR_DYNMODS.
610 
611         cgroup.memory=  [KNL] Pass options to the cgroup memory controller.
612                         Format: <string>
613                         nosocket -- Disable socket memory accounting.
614                         nokmem -- Disable kernel memory accounting.
615                         nobpf -- Disable BPF memory accounting.
616 
617         checkreqprot=   [SELINUX] Set initial checkreqprot flag value.
618                         Format: { "0" | "1" }
619                         See security/selinux/Kconfig help text.
620                         0 -- check protection applied by kernel (includes
621                                 any implied execute protection).
622                         1 -- check protection requested by application.
623                         Default value is set via a kernel config option.
624                         Value can be changed at runtime via
625                                 /sys/fs/selinux/checkreqprot.
626                         Setting checkreqprot to 1 is deprecated.
627 
628         cio_ignore=     [S390]
629                         See Documentation/arch/s390/common_io.rst for details.
630 
631         clearcpuid=X[,X...] [X86]
632                         Disable CPUID feature X for the kernel. See
633                         arch/x86/include/asm/cpufeatures.h for the valid bit
634                         numbers X. Note the Linux-specific bits are not necessarily
635                         stable over kernel options, but the vendor-specific
636                         ones should be.
637                         X can also be a string as appearing in the flags: line
638                         in /proc/cpuinfo which does not have the above
639                         instability issue. However, not all features have names
640                         in /proc/cpuinfo.
641                         Note that using this option will taint your kernel.
642                         Also note that user programs calling CPUID directly
643                         or using the feature without checking anything
644                         will still see it. This just prevents it from
645                         being used by the kernel or shown in /proc/cpuinfo.
646                         Also note the kernel might malfunction if you disable
647                         some critical bits.
648 
649         clk_ignore_unused
650                         [CLK]
651                         Prevents the clock framework from automatically gating
652                         clocks that have not been explicitly enabled by a Linux
653                         device driver but are enabled in hardware at reset or
654                         by the bootloader/firmware. Note that this does not
655                         force such clocks to be always-on nor does it reserve
656                         those clocks in any way. This parameter is useful for
657                         debug and development, but should not be needed on a
658                         platform with proper driver support.  For more
659                         information, see Documentation/driver-api/clk.rst.
660 
661         clock=          [BUGS=X86-32, HW] gettimeofday clocksource override.
662                         [Deprecated]
663                         Forces specified clocksource (if available) to be used
664                         when calculating gettimeofday(). If specified
665                         clocksource is not available, it defaults to PIT.
666                         Format: { pit | tsc | cyclone | pmtmr }
667 
668         clocksource=    Override the default clocksource
669                         Format: <string>
670                         Override the default clocksource and use the clocksource
671                         with the name specified.
672                         Some clocksource names to choose from, depending on
673                         the platform:
674                         [all] jiffies (this is the base, fallback clocksource)
675                         [ACPI] acpi_pm
676                         [ARM] imx_timer1,OSTS,netx_timer,mpu_timer2,
677                                 pxa_timer,timer3,32k_counter,timer0_1
678                         [X86-32] pit,hpet,tsc;
679                                 scx200_hrt on Geode; cyclone on IBM x440
680                         [MIPS] MIPS
681                         [PARISC] cr16
682                         [S390] tod
683                         [SH] SuperH
684                         [SPARC64] tick
685                         [X86-64] hpet,tsc
686 
687         clocksource.arm_arch_timer.evtstrm=
688                         [ARM,ARM64,EARLY]
689                         Format: <bool>
690                         Enable/disable the eventstream feature of the ARM
691                         architected timer so that code using WFE-based polling
692                         loops can be debugged more effectively on production
693                         systems.
694 
695         clocksource.verify_n_cpus= [KNL]
696                         Limit the number of CPUs checked for clocksources
697                         marked with CLOCK_SOURCE_VERIFY_PERCPU that
698                         are marked unstable due to excessive skew.
699                         A negative value says to check all CPUs, while
700                         zero says not to check any.  Values larger than
701                         nr_cpu_ids are silently truncated to nr_cpu_ids.
702                         The actual CPUs are chosen randomly, with
703                         no replacement if the same CPU is chosen twice.
704 
705         clocksource-wdtest.holdoff= [KNL]
706                         Set the time in seconds that the clocksource
707                         watchdog test waits before commencing its tests.
708                         Defaults to zero when built as a module and to
709                         10 seconds when built into the kernel.
710 
711         cma=nn[MG]@[start[MG][-end[MG]]]
712                         [KNL,CMA,EARLY]
713                         Sets the size of kernel global memory area for
714                         contiguous memory allocations and optionally the
715                         placement constraint by the physical address range of
716                         memory allocations. A value of 0 disables CMA
717                         altogether. For more information, see
718                         kernel/dma/contiguous.c
719 
720         cma_pernuma=nn[MG]
721                         [KNL,CMA,EARLY]
722                         Sets the size of kernel per-numa memory area for
723                         contiguous memory allocations. A value of 0 disables
724                         per-numa CMA altogether. And If this option is not
725                         specified, the default value is 0.
726                         With per-numa CMA enabled, DMA users on node nid will
727                         first try to allocate buffer from the pernuma area
728                         which is located in node nid, if the allocation fails,
729                         they will fallback to the global default memory area.
730 
731         numa_cma=<node>:nn[MG][,<node>:nn[MG]]
732                         [KNL,CMA,EARLY]
733                         Sets the size of kernel numa memory area for
734                         contiguous memory allocations. It will reserve CMA
735                         area for the specified node.
736 
737                         With numa CMA enabled, DMA users on node nid will
738                         first try to allocate buffer from the numa area
739                         which is located in node nid, if the allocation fails,
740                         they will fallback to the global default memory area.
741 
742         cmo_free_hint=  [PPC] Format: { yes | no }
743                         Specify whether pages are marked as being inactive
744                         when they are freed.  This is used in CMO environments
745                         to determine OS memory pressure for page stealing by
746                         a hypervisor.
747                         Default: yes
748 
749         coherent_pool=nn[KMG]   [ARM,KNL,EARLY]
750                         Sets the size of memory pool for coherent, atomic dma
751                         allocations, by default set to 256K.
752 
753         com20020=       [HW,NET] ARCnet - COM20020 chipset
754                         Format:
755                         <io>[,<irq>[,<nodeID>[,<backplane>[,<ckp>[,<timeout>]]]]]
756 
757         com90io=        [HW,NET] ARCnet - COM90xx chipset (IO-mapped buffers)
758                         Format: <io>[,<irq>]
759 
760         com90xx=        [HW,NET]
761                         ARCnet - COM90xx chipset (memory-mapped buffers)
762                         Format: <io>[,<irq>[,<memstart>]]
763 
764         condev=         [HW,S390] console device
765         conmode=
766 
767         con3215_drop=   [S390,EARLY] 3215 console drop mode.
768                         Format: y|n|Y|N|1|0
769                         When set to true, drop data on the 3215 console when
770                         the console buffer is full. In this case the
771                         operator using a 3270 terminal emulator (for example
772                         x3270) does not have to enter the clear key for the
773                         console output to advance and the kernel to continue.
774                         This leads to a much faster boot time when a 3270
775                         terminal emulator is active. If no 3270 terminal
776                         emulator is used, this parameter has no effect.
777 
778         console=        [KNL] Output console device and options.
779 
780                 tty<n>  Use the virtual console device <n>.
781 
782                 ttyS<n>[,options]
783                 ttyUSB0[,options]
784                         Use the specified serial port.  The options are of
785                         the form "bbbbpnf", where "bbbb" is the baud rate,
786                         "p" is parity ("n", "o", or "e"), "n" is number of
787                         bits, and "f" is flow control ("r" for RTS or
788                         omit it).  Default is "9600n8".
789 
790                         See Documentation/admin-guide/serial-console.rst for more
791                         information.  See
792                         Documentation/networking/netconsole.rst for an
793                         alternative.
794 
795                 <DEVNAME>:<n>.<n>[,options]
796                         Use the specified serial port on the serial core bus.
797                         The addressing uses DEVNAME of the physical serial port
798                         device, followed by the serial core controller instance,
799                         and the serial port instance. The options are the same
800                         as documented for the ttyS addressing above.
801 
802                         The mapping of the serial ports to the tty instances
803                         can be viewed with:
804 
805                         $ ls -d /sys/bus/serial-base/devices/*:*.*/tty/*
806                         /sys/bus/serial-base/devices/00:04:0.0/tty/ttyS0
807 
808                         In the above example, the console can be addressed with
809                         console=00:04:0.0. Note that a console addressed this
810                         way will only get added when the related device driver
811                         is ready. The use of an earlycon parameter in addition to
812                         the console may be desired for console output early on.
813 
814                 uart[8250],io,<addr>[,options]
815                 uart[8250],mmio,<addr>[,options]
816                 uart[8250],mmio16,<addr>[,options]
817                 uart[8250],mmio32,<addr>[,options]
818                 uart[8250],0x<addr>[,options]
819                         Start an early, polled-mode console on the 8250/16550
820                         UART at the specified I/O port or MMIO address,
821                         switching to the matching ttyS device later.
822                         MMIO inter-register address stride is either 8-bit
823                         (mmio), 16-bit (mmio16), or 32-bit (mmio32).
824                         If none of [io|mmio|mmio16|mmio32], <addr> is assumed
825                         to be equivalent to 'mmio'. 'options' are specified in
826                         the same format described for ttyS above; if unspecified,
827                         the h/w is not re-initialized.
828 
829                 hvc<n>  Use the hypervisor console device <n>. This is for
830                         both Xen and PowerPC hypervisors.
831 
832                 { null | "" }
833                         Use to disable console output, i.e., to have kernel
834                         console messages discarded.
835                         This must be the only console= parameter used on the
836                         kernel command line.
837 
838                 If the device connected to the port is not a TTY but a braille
839                 device, prepend "brl," before the device type, for instance
840                         console=brl,ttyS0
841                 For now, only VisioBraille is supported.
842 
843         console_msg_format=
844                         [KNL] Change console messages format
845                 default
846                         By default we print messages on consoles in
847                         "[time stamp] text\n" format (time stamp may not be
848                         printed, depending on CONFIG_PRINTK_TIME or
849                         `printk_time' param).
850                 syslog
851                         Switch to syslog format: "<%u>[time stamp] text\n"
852                         IOW, each message will have a facility and loglevel
853                         prefix. The format is similar to one used by syslog()
854                         syscall, or to executing "dmesg -S --raw" or to reading
855                         from /proc/kmsg.
856 
857         consoleblank=   [KNL] The console blank (screen saver) timeout in
858                         seconds. A value of 0 disables the blank timer.
859                         Defaults to 0.
860 
861         coredump_filter=
862                         [KNL] Change the default value for
863                         /proc/<pid>/coredump_filter.
864                         See also Documentation/filesystems/proc.rst.
865 
866         coresight_cpu_debug.enable
867                         [ARM,ARM64]
868                         Format: <bool>
869                         Enable/disable the CPU sampling based debugging.
870                         0: default value, disable debugging
871                         1: enable debugging at boot time
872 
873         cpcihp_generic= [HW,PCI] Generic port I/O CompactPCI driver
874                         Format:
875                         <first_slot>,<last_slot>,<port>,<enum_bit>[,<debug>]
876 
877         cpuidle.off=1   [CPU_IDLE]
878                         disable the cpuidle sub-system
879 
880         cpuidle.governor=
881                         [CPU_IDLE] Name of the cpuidle governor to use.
882 
883         cpufreq.off=1   [CPU_FREQ]
884                         disable the cpufreq sub-system
885 
886         cpufreq.default_governor=
887                         [CPU_FREQ] Name of the default cpufreq governor or
888                         policy to use. This governor must be registered in the
889                         kernel before the cpufreq driver probes.
890 
891         cpu_init_udelay=N
892                         [X86,EARLY] Delay for N microsec between assert and de-assert
893                         of APIC INIT to start processors.  This delay occurs
894                         on every CPU online, such as boot, and resume from suspend.
895                         Default: 10000
896 
897         cpuhp.parallel=
898                         [SMP] Enable/disable parallel bringup of secondary CPUs
899                         Format: <bool>
900                         Default is enabled if CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PARALLEL=y. Otherwise
901                         the parameter has no effect.
902 
903         crash_kexec_post_notifiers
904                         Run kdump after running panic-notifiers and dumping
905                         kmsg. This only for the users who doubt kdump always
906                         succeeds in any situation.
907                         Note that this also increases risks of kdump failure,
908                         because some panic notifiers can make the crashed
909                         kernel more unstable.
910 
911         crashkernel=size[KMG][@offset[KMG]]
912                         [KNL,EARLY] Using kexec, Linux can switch to a 'crash kernel'
913                         upon panic. This parameter reserves the physical
914                         memory region [offset, offset + size] for that kernel
915                         image. If '@offset' is omitted, then a suitable offset
916                         is selected automatically.
917                         [KNL, X86-64, ARM64, RISCV, LoongArch] Select a region
918                         under 4G first, and fall back to reserve region above
919                         4G when '@offset' hasn't been specified.
920                         See Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst for further details.
921 
922         crashkernel=range1:size1[,range2:size2,...][@offset]
923                         [KNL] Same as above, but depends on the memory
924                         in the running system. The syntax of range is
925                         start-[end] where start and end are both
926                         a memory unit (amount[KMG]). See also
927                         Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst for an example.
928 
929         crashkernel=size[KMG],high
930                         [KNL, X86-64, ARM64, RISCV, LoongArch] range could be
931                         above 4G.
932                         Allow kernel to allocate physical memory region from top,
933                         so could be above 4G if system have more than 4G ram
934                         installed. Otherwise memory region will be allocated
935                         below 4G, if available.
936                         It will be ignored if crashkernel=X is specified.
937         crashkernel=size[KMG],low
938                         [KNL, X86-64, ARM64, RISCV, LoongArch] range under 4G.
939                         When crashkernel=X,high is passed, kernel could allocate
940                         physical memory region above 4G, that cause second kernel
941                         crash on system that require some amount of low memory,
942                         e.g. swiotlb requires at least 64M+32K low memory, also
943                         enough extra low memory is needed to make sure DMA buffers
944                         for 32-bit devices won't run out. Kernel would try to allocate
945                         default size of memory below 4G automatically. The default
946                         size is platform dependent.
947                           --> x86: max(swiotlb_size_or_default() + 8MiB, 256MiB)
948                           --> arm64: 128MiB
949                           --> riscv: 128MiB
950                           --> loongarch: 128MiB
951                         This one lets the user specify own low range under 4G
952                         for second kernel instead.
953                         0: to disable low allocation.
954                         It will be ignored when crashkernel=X,high is not used
955                         or memory reserved is below 4G.
956 
957         cryptomgr.notests
958                         [KNL] Disable crypto self-tests
959 
960         cs89x0_dma=     [HW,NET]
961                         Format: <dma>
962 
963         cs89x0_media=   [HW,NET]
964                         Format: { rj45 | aui | bnc }
965 
966         csdlock_debug=  [KNL] Enable or disable debug add-ons of cross-CPU
967                         function call handling. When switched on,
968                         additional debug data is printed to the console
969                         in case a hanging CPU is detected, and that
970                         CPU is pinged again in order to try to resolve
971                         the hang situation.  The default value of this
972                         option depends on the CSD_LOCK_WAIT_DEBUG_DEFAULT
973                         Kconfig option.
974 
975         dasd=           [HW,NET]
976                         See header of drivers/s390/block/dasd_devmap.c.
977 
978         db9.dev[2|3]=   [HW,JOY] Multisystem joystick support via parallel port
979                         (one device per port)
980                         Format: <port#>,<type>
981                         See also Documentation/input/devices/joystick-parport.rst
982 
983         debug           [KNL,EARLY] Enable kernel debugging (events log level).
984 
985         debug_boot_weak_hash
986                         [KNL,EARLY] Enable printing [hashed] pointers early in the
987                         boot sequence.  If enabled, we use a weak hash instead
988                         of siphash to hash pointers.  Use this option if you are
989                         seeing instances of '(___ptrval___)') and need to see a
990                         value (hashed pointer) instead. Cryptographically
991                         insecure, please do not use on production kernels.
992 
993         debug_locks_verbose=
994                         [KNL] verbose locking self-tests
995                         Format: <int>
996                         Print debugging info while doing the locking API
997                         self-tests.
998                         Bitmask for the various LOCKTYPE_ tests. Defaults to 0
999                         (no extra messages), setting it to -1 (all bits set)
1000                         will print _a_lot_ more information - normally only
1001                         useful to lockdep developers.
1002 
1003         debug_objects   [KNL,EARLY] Enable object debugging
1004 
1005         debug_guardpage_minorder=
1006                         [KNL,EARLY] When CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC is set, this
1007                         parameter allows control of the order of pages that will
1008                         be intentionally kept free (and hence protected) by the
1009                         buddy allocator. Bigger value increase the probability
1010                         of catching random memory corruption, but reduce the
1011                         amount of memory for normal system use. The maximum
1012                         possible value is MAX_PAGE_ORDER/2.  Setting this
1013                         parameter to 1 or 2 should be enough to identify most
1014                         random memory corruption problems caused by bugs in
1015                         kernel or driver code when a CPU writes to (or reads
1016                         from) a random memory location. Note that there exists
1017                         a class of memory corruptions problems caused by buggy
1018                         H/W or F/W or by drivers badly programming DMA
1019                         (basically when memory is written at bus level and the
1020                         CPU MMU is bypassed) which are not detectable by
1021                         CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC, hence this option will not
1022                         help tracking down these problems.
1023 
1024         debug_pagealloc=
1025                         [KNL,EARLY] When CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC is set, this parameter
1026                         enables the feature at boot time. By default, it is
1027                         disabled and the system will work mostly the same as a
1028                         kernel built without CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC.
1029                         Note: to get most of debug_pagealloc error reports, it's
1030                         useful to also enable the page_owner functionality.
1031                         on: enable the feature
1032 
1033         debugfs=        [KNL,EARLY] This parameter enables what is exposed to
1034                         userspace and debugfs internal clients.
1035                         Format: { on, no-mount, off }
1036                         on:     All functions are enabled.
1037                         no-mount:
1038                                 Filesystem is not registered but kernel clients can
1039                                 access APIs and a crashkernel can be used to read
1040                                 its content. There is nothing to mount.
1041                         off:    Filesystem is not registered and clients
1042                                 get a -EPERM as result when trying to register files
1043                                 or directories within debugfs.
1044                                 This is equivalent of the runtime functionality if
1045                                 debugfs was not enabled in the kernel at all.
1046                         Default value is set in build-time with a kernel configuration.
1047 
1048         debugpat        [X86] Enable PAT debugging
1049 
1050         default_hugepagesz=
1051                         [HW] The size of the default HugeTLB page. This is
1052                         the size represented by the legacy /proc/ hugepages
1053                         APIs.  In addition, this is the default hugetlb size
1054                         used for shmget(), mmap() and mounting hugetlbfs
1055                         filesystems.  If not specified, defaults to the
1056                         architecture's default huge page size.  Huge page
1057                         sizes are architecture dependent.  See also
1058                         Documentation/admin-guide/mm/hugetlbpage.rst.
1059                         Format: size[KMG]
1060 
1061         deferred_probe_timeout=
1062                         [KNL] Debugging option to set a timeout in seconds for
1063                         deferred probe to give up waiting on dependencies to
1064                         probe. Only specific dependencies (subsystems or
1065                         drivers) that have opted in will be ignored. A timeout
1066                         of 0 will timeout at the end of initcalls. If the time
1067                         out hasn't expired, it'll be restarted by each
1068                         successful driver registration. This option will also
1069                         dump out devices still on the deferred probe list after
1070                         retrying.
1071 
1072         delayacct       [KNL] Enable per-task delay accounting
1073 
1074         dell_smm_hwmon.ignore_dmi=
1075                         [HW] Continue probing hardware even if DMI data
1076                         indicates that the driver is running on unsupported
1077                         hardware.
1078 
1079         dell_smm_hwmon.force=
1080                         [HW] Activate driver even if SMM BIOS signature does
1081                         not match list of supported models and enable otherwise
1082                         blacklisted features.
1083 
1084         dell_smm_hwmon.power_status=
1085                         [HW] Report power status in /proc/i8k
1086                         (disabled by default).
1087 
1088         dell_smm_hwmon.restricted=
1089                         [HW] Allow controlling fans only if SYS_ADMIN
1090                         capability is set.
1091 
1092         dell_smm_hwmon.fan_mult=
1093                         [HW] Factor to multiply fan speed with.
1094 
1095         dell_smm_hwmon.fan_max=
1096                         [HW] Maximum configurable fan speed.
1097 
1098         dfltcc=         [HW,S390]
1099                         Format: { on | off | def_only | inf_only | always }
1100                         on:       s390 zlib hardware support for compression on
1101                                   level 1 and decompression (default)
1102                         off:      No s390 zlib hardware support
1103                         def_only: s390 zlib hardware support for deflate
1104                                   only (compression on level 1)
1105                         inf_only: s390 zlib hardware support for inflate
1106                                   only (decompression)
1107                         always:   Same as 'on' but ignores the selected compression
1108                                   level always using hardware support (used for debugging)
1109 
1110         dhash_entries=  [KNL]
1111                         Set number of hash buckets for dentry cache.
1112 
1113         disable_1tb_segments [PPC,EARLY]
1114                         Disables the use of 1TB hash page table segments. This
1115                         causes the kernel to fall back to 256MB segments which
1116                         can be useful when debugging issues that require an SLB
1117                         miss to occur.
1118 
1119         disable=        [IPV6]
1120                         See Documentation/networking/ipv6.rst.
1121 
1122         disable_radix   [PPC,EARLY]
1123                         Disable RADIX MMU mode on POWER9
1124 
1125         disable_tlbie   [PPC]
1126                         Disable TLBIE instruction. Currently does not work
1127                         with KVM, with HASH MMU, or with coherent accelerators.
1128 
1129         disable_ddw     [PPC/PSERIES,EARLY]
1130                         Disable Dynamic DMA Window support. Use this
1131                         to workaround buggy firmware.
1132 
1133         disable_ipv6=   [IPV6]
1134                         See Documentation/networking/ipv6.rst.
1135 
1136         disable_mtrr_cleanup [X86,EARLY]
1137                         The kernel tries to adjust MTRR layout from continuous
1138                         to discrete, to make X server driver able to add WB
1139                         entry later. This parameter disables that.
1140 
1141         disable_mtrr_trim [X86, Intel and AMD only,EARLY]
1142                         By default the kernel will trim any uncacheable
1143                         memory out of your available memory pool based on
1144                         MTRR settings.  This parameter disables that behavior,
1145                         possibly causing your machine to run very slowly.
1146 
1147         disable_timer_pin_1 [X86,EARLY]
1148                         Disable PIN 1 of APIC timer
1149                         Can be useful to work around chipset bugs.
1150 
1151         dis_ucode_ldr   [X86] Disable the microcode loader.
1152 
1153         dma_debug=off   If the kernel is compiled with DMA_API_DEBUG support,
1154                         this option disables the debugging code at boot.
1155 
1156         dma_debug_entries=<number>
1157                         This option allows to tune the number of preallocated
1158                         entries for DMA-API debugging code. One entry is
1159                         required per DMA-API allocation. Use this if the
1160                         DMA-API debugging code disables itself because the
1161                         architectural default is too low.
1162 
1163         dma_debug_driver=<driver_name>
1164                         With this option the DMA-API debugging driver
1165                         filter feature can be enabled at boot time. Just
1166                         pass the driver to filter for as the parameter.
1167                         The filter can be disabled or changed to another
1168                         driver later using sysfs.
1169 
1170         reg_file_data_sampling=
1171                         [X86] Controls mitigation for Register File Data
1172                         Sampling (RFDS) vulnerability. RFDS is a CPU
1173                         vulnerability which may allow userspace to infer
1174                         kernel data values previously stored in floating point
1175                         registers, vector registers, or integer registers.
1176                         RFDS only affects Intel Atom processors.
1177 
1178                         on:     Turns ON the mitigation.
1179                         off:    Turns OFF the mitigation.
1180 
1181                         This parameter overrides the compile time default set
1182                         by CONFIG_MITIGATION_RFDS. Mitigation cannot be
1183                         disabled when other VERW based mitigations (like MDS)
1184                         are enabled. In order to disable RFDS mitigation all
1185                         VERW based mitigations need to be disabled.
1186 
1187                         For details see:
1188                         Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/reg-file-data-sampling.rst
1189 
1190         driver_async_probe=  [KNL]
1191                         List of driver names to be probed asynchronously. *
1192                         matches with all driver names. If * is specified, the
1193                         rest of the listed driver names are those that will NOT
1194                         match the *.
1195                         Format: <driver_name1>,<driver_name2>...
1196 
1197         drm.edid_firmware=[<connector>:]<file>[,[<connector>:]<file>]
1198                         Broken monitors, graphic adapters, KVMs and EDIDless
1199                         panels may send no or incorrect EDID data sets.
1200                         This parameter allows to specify an EDID data sets
1201                         in the /lib/firmware directory that are used instead.
1202                         An EDID data set will only be used for a particular
1203                         connector, if its name and a colon are prepended to
1204                         the EDID name. Each connector may use a unique EDID
1205                         data set by separating the files with a comma. An EDID
1206                         data set with no connector name will be used for
1207                         any connectors not explicitly specified.
1208 
1209         dscc4.setup=    [NET]
1210 
1211         dt_cpu_ftrs=    [PPC,EARLY]
1212                         Format: {"off" | "known"}
1213                         Control how the dt_cpu_ftrs device-tree binding is
1214                         used for CPU feature discovery and setup (if it
1215                         exists).
1216                         off: Do not use it, fall back to legacy cpu table.
1217                         known: Do not pass through unknown features to guests
1218                         or userspace, only those that the kernel is aware of.
1219 
1220         dump_apple_properties   [X86]
1221                         Dump name and content of EFI device properties on
1222                         x86 Macs.  Useful for driver authors to determine
1223                         what data is available or for reverse-engineering.
1224 
1225         dyndbg[="val"]          [KNL,DYNAMIC_DEBUG]
1226         <module>.dyndbg[="val"]
1227                         Enable debug messages at boot time.  See
1228                         Documentation/admin-guide/dynamic-debug-howto.rst
1229                         for details.
1230 
1231         early_ioremap_debug [KNL,EARLY]
1232                         Enable debug messages in early_ioremap support. This
1233                         is useful for tracking down temporary early mappings
1234                         which are not unmapped.
1235 
1236         earlycon=       [KNL,EARLY] Output early console device and options.
1237 
1238                         When used with no options, the early console is
1239                         determined by stdout-path property in device tree's
1240                         chosen node or the ACPI SPCR table if supported by
1241                         the platform.
1242 
1243                 cdns,<addr>[,options]
1244                         Start an early, polled-mode console on a Cadence
1245                         (xuartps) serial port at the specified address. Only
1246                         supported option is baud rate. If baud rate is not
1247                         specified, the serial port must already be setup and
1248                         configured.
1249 
1250                 uart[8250],io,<addr>[,options[,uartclk]]
1251                 uart[8250],mmio,<addr>[,options[,uartclk]]
1252                 uart[8250],mmio32,<addr>[,options[,uartclk]]
1253                 uart[8250],mmio32be,<addr>[,options[,uartclk]]
1254                 uart[8250],0x<addr>[,options]
1255                         Start an early, polled-mode console on the 8250/16550
1256                         UART at the specified I/O port or MMIO address.
1257                         MMIO inter-register address stride is either 8-bit
1258                         (mmio) or 32-bit (mmio32 or mmio32be).
1259                         If none of [io|mmio|mmio32|mmio32be], <addr> is assumed
1260                         to be equivalent to 'mmio'. 'options' are specified
1261                         in the same format described for "console=ttyS<n>"; if
1262                         unspecified, the h/w is not initialized. 'uartclk' is
1263                         the uart clock frequency; if unspecified, it is set
1264                         to 'BASE_BAUD' * 16.
1265 
1266                 pl011,<addr>
1267                 pl011,mmio32,<addr>
1268                         Start an early, polled-mode console on a pl011 serial
1269                         port at the specified address. The pl011 serial port
1270                         must already be setup and configured. Options are not
1271                         yet supported.  If 'mmio32' is specified, then only
1272                         the driver will use only 32-bit accessors to read/write
1273                         the device registers.
1274 
1275                 liteuart,<addr>
1276                         Start an early console on a litex serial port at the
1277                         specified address. The serial port must already be
1278                         setup and configured. Options are not yet supported.
1279 
1280                 meson,<addr>
1281                         Start an early, polled-mode console on a meson serial
1282                         port at the specified address. The serial port must
1283                         already be setup and configured. Options are not yet
1284                         supported.
1285 
1286                 msm_serial,<addr>
1287                         Start an early, polled-mode console on an msm serial
1288                         port at the specified address. The serial port
1289                         must already be setup and configured. Options are not
1290                         yet supported.
1291 
1292                 msm_serial_dm,<addr>
1293                         Start an early, polled-mode console on an msm serial
1294                         dm port at the specified address. The serial port
1295                         must already be setup and configured. Options are not
1296                         yet supported.
1297 
1298                 owl,<addr>
1299                         Start an early, polled-mode console on a serial port
1300                         of an Actions Semi SoC, such as S500 or S900, at the
1301                         specified address. The serial port must already be
1302                         setup and configured. Options are not yet supported.
1303 
1304                 rda,<addr>
1305                         Start an early, polled-mode console on a serial port
1306                         of an RDA Micro SoC, such as RDA8810PL, at the
1307                         specified address. The serial port must already be
1308                         setup and configured. Options are not yet supported.
1309 
1310                 sbi
1311                         Use RISC-V SBI (Supervisor Binary Interface) for early
1312                         console.
1313 
1314                 smh     Use ARM semihosting calls for early console.
1315 
1316                 s3c2410,<addr>
1317                 s3c2412,<addr>
1318                 s3c2440,<addr>
1319                 s3c6400,<addr>
1320                 s5pv210,<addr>
1321                 exynos4210,<addr>
1322                         Use early console provided by serial driver available
1323                         on Samsung SoCs, requires selecting proper type and
1324                         a correct base address of the selected UART port. The
1325                         serial port must already be setup and configured.
1326                         Options are not yet supported.
1327 
1328                 lantiq,<addr>
1329                         Start an early, polled-mode console on a lantiq serial
1330                         (lqasc) port at the specified address. The serial port
1331                         must already be setup and configured. Options are not
1332                         yet supported.
1333 
1334                 lpuart,<addr>
1335                 lpuart32,<addr>
1336                         Use early console provided by Freescale LP UART driver
1337                         found on Freescale Vybrid and QorIQ LS1021A processors.
1338                         A valid base address must be provided, and the serial
1339                         port must already be setup and configured.
1340 
1341                 ec_imx21,<addr>
1342                 ec_imx6q,<addr>
1343                         Start an early, polled-mode, output-only console on the
1344                         Freescale i.MX UART at the specified address. The UART
1345                         must already be setup and configured.
1346 
1347                 ar3700_uart,<addr>
1348                         Start an early, polled-mode console on the
1349                         Armada 3700 serial port at the specified
1350                         address. The serial port must already be setup
1351                         and configured. Options are not yet supported.
1352 
1353                 qcom_geni,<addr>
1354                         Start an early, polled-mode console on a Qualcomm
1355                         Generic Interface (GENI) based serial port at the
1356                         specified address. The serial port must already be
1357                         setup and configured. Options are not yet supported.
1358 
1359                 efifb,[options]
1360                         Start an early, unaccelerated console on the EFI
1361                         memory mapped framebuffer (if available). On cache
1362                         coherent non-x86 systems that use system memory for
1363                         the framebuffer, pass the 'ram' option so that it is
1364                         mapped with the correct attributes.
1365 
1366                 linflex,<addr>
1367                         Use early console provided by Freescale LINFlexD UART
1368                         serial driver for NXP S32V234 SoCs. A valid base
1369                         address must be provided, and the serial port must
1370                         already be setup and configured.
1371 
1372         earlyprintk=    [X86,SH,ARM,M68k,S390,UM,EARLY]
1373                         earlyprintk=vga
1374                         earlyprintk=sclp
1375                         earlyprintk=xen
1376                         earlyprintk=serial[,ttySn[,baudrate]]
1377                         earlyprintk=serial[,0x...[,baudrate]]
1378                         earlyprintk=ttySn[,baudrate]
1379                         earlyprintk=dbgp[debugController#]
1380                         earlyprintk=pciserial[,force],bus:device.function[,baudrate]
1381                         earlyprintk=xdbc[xhciController#]
1382                         earlyprintk=bios
1383 
1384                         earlyprintk is useful when the kernel crashes before
1385                         the normal console is initialized. It is not enabled by
1386                         default because it has some cosmetic problems.
1387 
1388                         Append ",keep" to not disable it when the real console
1389                         takes over.
1390 
1391                         Only one of vga, serial, or usb debug port can
1392                         be used at a time.
1393 
1394                         Currently only ttyS0 and ttyS1 may be specified by
1395                         name.  Other I/O ports may be explicitly specified
1396                         on some architectures (x86 and arm at least) by
1397                         replacing ttySn with an I/O port address, like this:
1398                                 earlyprintk=serial,0x1008,115200
1399                         You can find the port for a given device in
1400                         /proc/tty/driver/serial:
1401                                 2: uart:ST16650V2 port:00001008 irq:18 ...
1402 
1403                         Interaction with the standard serial driver is not
1404                         very good.
1405 
1406                         The VGA output is eventually overwritten by
1407                         the real console.
1408 
1409                         The xen option can only be used in Xen domains.
1410 
1411                         The sclp output can only be used on s390.
1412 
1413                         The bios output can only be used on SuperH.
1414 
1415                         The optional "force" to "pciserial" enables use of a
1416                         PCI device even when its classcode is not of the
1417                         UART class.
1418 
1419         edac_report=    [HW,EDAC] Control how to report EDAC event
1420                         Format: {"on" | "off" | "force"}
1421                         on: enable EDAC to report H/W event. May be overridden
1422                         by other higher priority error reporting module.
1423                         off: disable H/W event reporting through EDAC.
1424                         force: enforce the use of EDAC to report H/W event.
1425                         default: on.
1426 
1427         edd=            [EDD]
1428                         Format: {"off" | "on" | "skip[mbr]"}
1429 
1430         efi=            [EFI,EARLY]
1431                         Format: { "debug", "disable_early_pci_dma",
1432                                   "nochunk", "noruntime", "nosoftreserve",
1433                                   "novamap", "no_disable_early_pci_dma" }
1434                         debug: enable misc debug output.
1435                         disable_early_pci_dma: disable the busmaster bit on all
1436                         PCI bridges while in the EFI boot stub.
1437                         nochunk: disable reading files in "chunks" in the EFI
1438                         boot stub, as chunking can cause problems with some
1439                         firmware implementations.
1440                         noruntime : disable EFI runtime services support
1441                         nosoftreserve: The EFI_MEMORY_SP (Specific Purpose)
1442                         attribute may cause the kernel to reserve the
1443                         memory range for a memory mapping driver to
1444                         claim. Specify efi=nosoftreserve to disable this
1445                         reservation and treat the memory by its base type
1446                         (i.e. EFI_CONVENTIONAL_MEMORY / "System RAM").
1447                         novamap: do not call SetVirtualAddressMap().
1448                         no_disable_early_pci_dma: Leave the busmaster bit set
1449                         on all PCI bridges while in the EFI boot stub
1450 
1451         efi_no_storage_paranoia [EFI,X86,EARLY]
1452                         Using this parameter you can use more than 50% of
1453                         your efi variable storage. Use this parameter only if
1454                         you are really sure that your UEFI does sane gc and
1455                         fulfills the spec otherwise your board may brick.
1456 
1457         efivar_ssdt=    [EFI; X86] Name of an EFI variable that contains an SSDT
1458                         that is to be dynamically loaded by Linux. If there are
1459                         multiple variables with the same name but with different
1460                         vendor GUIDs, all of them will be loaded. See
1461                         Documentation/admin-guide/acpi/ssdt-overlays.rst for details.
1462 
1463 
1464         eisa_irq_edge=  [PARISC,HW]
1465                         See header of drivers/parisc/eisa.c.
1466 
1467         ekgdboc=        [X86,KGDB,EARLY] Allow early kernel console debugging
1468                         Format: ekgdboc=kbd
1469 
1470                         This is designed to be used in conjunction with
1471                         the boot argument: earlyprintk=vga
1472 
1473                         This parameter works in place of the kgdboc parameter
1474                         but can only be used if the backing tty is available
1475                         very early in the boot process. For early debugging
1476                         via a serial port see kgdboc_earlycon instead.
1477 
1478         elanfreq=       [X86-32]
1479                         See comment before function elanfreq_setup() in
1480                         arch/x86/kernel/cpu/cpufreq/elanfreq.c.
1481 
1482         elfcorehdr=[size[KMG]@]offset[KMG] [PPC,SH,X86,S390,EARLY]
1483                         Specifies physical address of start of kernel core
1484                         image elf header and optionally the size. Generally
1485                         kexec loader will pass this option to capture kernel.
1486                         See Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst for details.
1487 
1488         enable_mtrr_cleanup [X86,EARLY]
1489                         The kernel tries to adjust MTRR layout from continuous
1490                         to discrete, to make X server driver able to add WB
1491                         entry later. This parameter enables that.
1492 
1493         enable_timer_pin_1 [X86]
1494                         Enable PIN 1 of APIC timer
1495                         Can be useful to work around chipset bugs
1496                         (in particular on some ATI chipsets).
1497                         The kernel tries to set a reasonable default.
1498 
1499         enforcing=      [SELINUX] Set initial enforcing status.
1500                         Format: {"0" | "1"}
1501                         See security/selinux/Kconfig help text.
1502                         0 -- permissive (log only, no denials).
1503                         1 -- enforcing (deny and log).
1504                         Default value is 0.
1505                         Value can be changed at runtime via
1506                         /sys/fs/selinux/enforce.
1507 
1508         erst_disable    [ACPI]
1509                         Disable Error Record Serialization Table (ERST)
1510                         support.
1511 
1512         ether=          [HW,NET] Ethernet cards parameters
1513                         This option is obsoleted by the "netdev=" option, which
1514                         has equivalent usage. See its documentation for details.
1515 
1516         evm=            [EVM]
1517                         Format: { "fix" }
1518                         Permit 'security.evm' to be updated regardless of
1519                         current integrity status.
1520 
1521         early_page_ext [KNL,EARLY] Enforces page_ext initialization to earlier
1522                         stages so cover more early boot allocations.
1523                         Please note that as side effect some optimizations
1524                         might be disabled to achieve that (e.g. parallelized
1525                         memory initialization is disabled) so the boot process
1526                         might take longer, especially on systems with a lot of
1527                         memory. Available with CONFIG_PAGE_EXTENSION=y.
1528 
1529         failslab=
1530         fail_usercopy=
1531         fail_page_alloc=
1532         fail_make_request=[KNL]
1533                         General fault injection mechanism.
1534                         Format: <interval>,<probability>,<space>,<times>
1535                         See also Documentation/fault-injection/.
1536 
1537         fb_tunnels=     [NET]
1538                         Format: { initns | none }
1539                         See Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/net.rst for
1540                         fb_tunnels_only_for_init_ns
1541 
1542         floppy=         [HW]
1543                         See Documentation/admin-guide/blockdev/floppy.rst.
1544 
1545         forcepae        [X86-32]
1546                         Forcefully enable Physical Address Extension (PAE).
1547                         Many Pentium M systems disable PAE but may have a
1548                         functionally usable PAE implementation.
1549                         Warning: use of this parameter will taint the kernel
1550                         and may cause unknown problems.
1551 
1552         fred=           [X86-64]
1553                         Enable/disable Flexible Return and Event Delivery.
1554                         Format: { on | off }
1555                         on: enable FRED when it's present.
1556                         off: disable FRED, the default setting.
1557 
1558         ftrace=[tracer]
1559                         [FTRACE] will set and start the specified tracer
1560                         as early as possible in order to facilitate early
1561                         boot debugging.
1562 
1563         ftrace_boot_snapshot
1564                         [FTRACE] On boot up, a snapshot will be taken of the
1565                         ftrace ring buffer that can be read at:
1566                         /sys/kernel/tracing/snapshot.
1567                         This is useful if you need tracing information from kernel
1568                         boot up that is likely to be overridden by user space
1569                         start up functionality.
1570 
1571                         Optionally, the snapshot can also be defined for a tracing
1572                         instance that was created by the trace_instance= command
1573                         line parameter.
1574 
1575                         trace_instance=foo,sched_switch ftrace_boot_snapshot=foo
1576 
1577                         The above will cause the "foo" tracing instance to trigger
1578                         a snapshot at the end of boot up.
1579 
1580         ftrace_dump_on_oops[=2(orig_cpu) | =<instance>][,<instance> |
1581                           ,<instance>=2(orig_cpu)]
1582                         [FTRACE] will dump the trace buffers on oops.
1583                         If no parameter is passed, ftrace will dump global
1584                         buffers of all CPUs, if you pass 2 or orig_cpu, it
1585                         will dump only the buffer of the CPU that triggered
1586                         the oops, or the specific instance will be dumped if
1587                         its name is passed. Multiple instance dump is also
1588                         supported, and instances are separated by commas. Each
1589                         instance supports only dump on CPU that triggered the
1590                         oops by passing 2 or orig_cpu to it.
1591 
1592                         ftrace_dump_on_oops=foo=orig_cpu
1593 
1594                         The above will dump only the buffer of "foo" instance
1595                         on CPU that triggered the oops.
1596 
1597                         ftrace_dump_on_oops,foo,bar=orig_cpu
1598 
1599                         The above will dump global buffer on all CPUs, the
1600                         buffer of "foo" instance on all CPUs and the buffer
1601                         of "bar" instance on CPU that triggered the oops.
1602 
1603         ftrace_filter=[function-list]
1604                         [FTRACE] Limit the functions traced by the function
1605                         tracer at boot up. function-list is a comma-separated
1606                         list of functions. This list can be changed at run
1607                         time by the set_ftrace_filter file in the debugfs
1608                         tracing directory.
1609 
1610         ftrace_notrace=[function-list]
1611                         [FTRACE] Do not trace the functions specified in
1612                         function-list. This list can be changed at run time
1613                         by the set_ftrace_notrace file in the debugfs
1614                         tracing directory.
1615 
1616         ftrace_graph_filter=[function-list]
1617                         [FTRACE] Limit the top level callers functions traced
1618                         by the function graph tracer at boot up.
1619                         function-list is a comma-separated list of functions
1620                         that can be changed at run time by the
1621                         set_graph_function file in the debugfs tracing directory.
1622 
1623         ftrace_graph_notrace=[function-list]
1624                         [FTRACE] Do not trace from the functions specified in
1625                         function-list.  This list is a comma-separated list of
1626                         functions that can be changed at run time by the
1627                         set_graph_notrace file in the debugfs tracing directory.
1628 
1629         ftrace_graph_max_depth=<uint>
1630                         [FTRACE] Used with the function graph tracer. This is
1631                         the max depth it will trace into a function. This value
1632                         can be changed at run time by the max_graph_depth file
1633                         in the tracefs tracing directory. default: 0 (no limit)
1634 
1635         fw_devlink=     [KNL,EARLY] Create device links between consumer and supplier
1636                         devices by scanning the firmware to infer the
1637                         consumer/supplier relationships. This feature is
1638                         especially useful when drivers are loaded as modules as
1639                         it ensures proper ordering of tasks like device probing
1640                         (suppliers first, then consumers), supplier boot state
1641                         clean up (only after all consumers have probed),
1642                         suspend/resume & runtime PM (consumers first, then
1643                         suppliers).
1644                         Format: { off | permissive | on | rpm }
1645                         off --  Don't create device links from firmware info.
1646                         permissive -- Create device links from firmware info
1647                                 but use it only for ordering boot state clean
1648                                 up (sync_state() calls).
1649                         on --   Create device links from firmware info and use it
1650                                 to enforce probe and suspend/resume ordering.
1651                         rpm --  Like "on", but also use to order runtime PM.
1652 
1653         fw_devlink.strict=<bool>
1654                         [KNL,EARLY] Treat all inferred dependencies as mandatory
1655                         dependencies. This only applies for fw_devlink=on|rpm.
1656                         Format: <bool>
1657 
1658         fw_devlink.sync_state =
1659                         [KNL,EARLY] When all devices that could probe have finished
1660                         probing, this parameter controls what to do with
1661                         devices that haven't yet received their sync_state()
1662                         calls.
1663                         Format: { strict | timeout }
1664                         strict -- Default. Continue waiting on consumers to
1665                                 probe successfully.
1666                         timeout -- Give up waiting on consumers and call
1667                                 sync_state() on any devices that haven't yet
1668                                 received their sync_state() calls after
1669                                 deferred_probe_timeout has expired or by
1670                                 late_initcall() if !CONFIG_MODULES.
1671 
1672         gamecon.map[2|3]=
1673                         [HW,JOY] Multisystem joystick and NES/SNES/PSX pad
1674                         support via parallel port (up to 5 devices per port)
1675                         Format: <port#>,<pad1>,<pad2>,<pad3>,<pad4>,<pad5>
1676                         See also Documentation/input/devices/joystick-parport.rst
1677 
1678         gamma=          [HW,DRM]
1679 
1680         gart_fix_e820=  [X86-64,EARLY] disable the fix e820 for K8 GART
1681                         Format: off | on
1682                         default: on
1683 
1684         gather_data_sampling=
1685                         [X86,INTEL,EARLY] Control the Gather Data Sampling (GDS)
1686                         mitigation.
1687 
1688                         Gather Data Sampling is a hardware vulnerability which
1689                         allows unprivileged speculative access to data which was
1690                         previously stored in vector registers.
1691 
1692                         This issue is mitigated by default in updated microcode.
1693                         The mitigation may have a performance impact but can be
1694                         disabled. On systems without the microcode mitigation
1695                         disabling AVX serves as a mitigation.
1696 
1697                         force:  Disable AVX to mitigate systems without
1698                                 microcode mitigation. No effect if the microcode
1699                                 mitigation is present. Known to cause crashes in
1700                                 userspace with buggy AVX enumeration.
1701 
1702                         off:    Disable GDS mitigation.
1703 
1704         gcov_persist=   [GCOV] When non-zero (default), profiling data for
1705                         kernel modules is saved and remains accessible via
1706                         debugfs, even when the module is unloaded/reloaded.
1707                         When zero, profiling data is discarded and associated
1708                         debugfs files are removed at module unload time.
1709 
1710         goldfish        [X86] Enable the goldfish android emulator platform.
1711                         Don't use this when you are not running on the
1712                         android emulator
1713 
1714         gpio-mockup.gpio_mockup_ranges
1715                         [HW] Sets the ranges of gpiochip of for this device.
1716                         Format: <start1>,<end1>,<start2>,<end2>...
1717         gpio-mockup.gpio_mockup_named_lines
1718                         [HW] Let the driver know GPIO lines should be named.
1719 
1720         gpt             [EFI] Forces disk with valid GPT signature but
1721                         invalid Protective MBR to be treated as GPT. If the
1722                         primary GPT is corrupted, it enables the backup/alternate
1723                         GPT to be used instead.
1724 
1725         grcan.enable0=  [HW] Configuration of physical interface 0. Determines
1726                         the "Enable 0" bit of the configuration register.
1727                         Format: 0 | 1
1728                         Default: 0
1729         grcan.enable1=  [HW] Configuration of physical interface 1. Determines
1730                         the "Enable 0" bit of the configuration register.
1731                         Format: 0 | 1
1732                         Default: 0
1733         grcan.select=   [HW] Select which physical interface to use.
1734                         Format: 0 | 1
1735                         Default: 0
1736         grcan.txsize=   [HW] Sets the size of the tx buffer.
1737                         Format: <unsigned int> such that (txsize & ~0x1fffc0) == 0.
1738                         Default: 1024
1739         grcan.rxsize=   [HW] Sets the size of the rx buffer.
1740                         Format: <unsigned int> such that (rxsize & ~0x1fffc0) == 0.
1741                         Default: 1024
1742 
1743         hardened_usercopy=
1744                         [KNL] Under CONFIG_HARDENED_USERCOPY, whether
1745                         hardening is enabled for this boot. Hardened
1746                         usercopy checking is used to protect the kernel
1747                         from reading or writing beyond known memory
1748                         allocation boundaries as a proactive defense
1749                         against bounds-checking flaws in the kernel's
1750                         copy_to_user()/copy_from_user() interface.
1751                 on      Perform hardened usercopy checks (default).
1752                 off     Disable hardened usercopy checks.
1753 
1754         hardlockup_all_cpu_backtrace=
1755                         [KNL] Should the hard-lockup detector generate
1756                         backtraces on all cpus.
1757                         Format: 0 | 1
1758 
1759         hashdist=       [KNL,NUMA] Large hashes allocated during boot
1760                         are distributed across NUMA nodes.  Defaults on
1761                         for 64-bit NUMA, off otherwise.
1762                         Format: 0 | 1 (for off | on)
1763 
1764         hd=             [EIDE] (E)IDE hard drive subsystem geometry
1765                         Format: <cyl>,<head>,<sect>
1766 
1767         hest_disable    [ACPI]
1768                         Disable Hardware Error Source Table (HEST) support;
1769                         corresponding firmware-first mode error processing
1770                         logic will be disabled.
1771 
1772         hibernate=      [HIBERNATION]
1773                 noresume        Don't check if there's a hibernation image
1774                                 present during boot.
1775                 nocompress      Don't compress/decompress hibernation images.
1776                 no              Disable hibernation and resume.
1777                 protect_image   Turn on image protection during restoration
1778                                 (that will set all pages holding image data
1779                                 during restoration read-only).
1780 
1781         hibernate.compressor=   [HIBERNATION] Compression algorithm to be
1782                                 used with hibernation.
1783                                 Format: { lzo | lz4 }
1784                                 Default: lzo
1785 
1786                                 lzo: Select LZO compression algorithm to
1787                                 compress/decompress hibernation image.
1788 
1789                                 lz4: Select LZ4 compression algorithm to
1790                                 compress/decompress hibernation image.
1791 
1792         highmem=nn[KMG] [KNL,BOOT,EARLY] forces the highmem zone to have an exact
1793                         size of <nn>. This works even on boxes that have no
1794                         highmem otherwise. This also works to reduce highmem
1795                         size on bigger boxes.
1796 
1797         highres=        [KNL] Enable/disable high resolution timer mode.
1798                         Valid parameters: "on", "off"
1799                         Default: "on"
1800 
1801         hlt             [BUGS=ARM,SH]
1802 
1803         hostname=       [KNL,EARLY] Set the hostname (aka UTS nodename).
1804                         Format: <string>
1805                         This allows setting the system's hostname during early
1806                         startup. This sets the name returned by gethostname.
1807                         Using this parameter to set the hostname makes it
1808                         possible to ensure the hostname is correctly set before
1809                         any userspace processes run, avoiding the possibility
1810                         that a process may call gethostname before the hostname
1811                         has been explicitly set, resulting in the calling
1812                         process getting an incorrect result. The string must
1813                         not exceed the maximum allowed hostname length (usually
1814                         64 characters) and will be truncated otherwise.
1815 
1816         hpet=           [X86-32,HPET] option to control HPET usage
1817                         Format: { enable (default) | disable | force |
1818                                 verbose }
1819                         disable: disable HPET and use PIT instead
1820                         force: allow force enabled of undocumented chips (ICH4,
1821                                 VIA, nVidia)
1822                         verbose: show contents of HPET registers during setup
1823 
1824         hpet_mmap=      [X86, HPET_MMAP] Allow userspace to mmap HPET
1825                         registers.  Default set by CONFIG_HPET_MMAP_DEFAULT.
1826 
1827         hugepages=      [HW] Number of HugeTLB pages to allocate at boot.
1828                         If this follows hugepagesz (below), it specifies
1829                         the number of pages of hugepagesz to be allocated.
1830                         If this is the first HugeTLB parameter on the command
1831                         line, it specifies the number of pages to allocate for
1832                         the default huge page size. If using node format, the
1833                         number of pages to allocate per-node can be specified.
1834                         See also Documentation/admin-guide/mm/hugetlbpage.rst.
1835                         Format: <integer> or (node format)
1836                                 <node>:<integer>[,<node>:<integer>]
1837 
1838         hugepagesz=
1839                         [HW] The size of the HugeTLB pages.  This is used in
1840                         conjunction with hugepages (above) to allocate huge
1841                         pages of a specific size at boot.  The pair
1842                         hugepagesz=X hugepages=Y can be specified once for
1843                         each supported huge page size. Huge page sizes are
1844                         architecture dependent.  See also
1845                         Documentation/admin-guide/mm/hugetlbpage.rst.
1846                         Format: size[KMG]
1847 
1848         hugetlb_cma=    [HW,CMA,EARLY] The size of a CMA area used for allocation
1849                         of gigantic hugepages. Or using node format, the size
1850                         of a CMA area per node can be specified.
1851                         Format: nn[KMGTPE] or (node format)
1852                                 <node>:nn[KMGTPE][,<node>:nn[KMGTPE]]
1853 
1854                         Reserve a CMA area of given size and allocate gigantic
1855                         hugepages using the CMA allocator. If enabled, the
1856                         boot-time allocation of gigantic hugepages is skipped.
1857 
1858         hugetlb_free_vmemmap=
1859                         [KNL] Requires CONFIG_HUGETLB_PAGE_OPTIMIZE_VMEMMAP
1860                         enabled.
1861                         Control if HugeTLB Vmemmap Optimization (HVO) is enabled.
1862                         Allows heavy hugetlb users to free up some more
1863                         memory (7 * PAGE_SIZE for each 2MB hugetlb page).
1864                         Format: { on | off (default) }
1865 
1866                         on: enable HVO
1867                         off: disable HVO
1868 
1869                         Built with CONFIG_HUGETLB_PAGE_OPTIMIZE_VMEMMAP_DEFAULT_ON=y,
1870                         the default is on.
1871 
1872                         Note that the vmemmap pages may be allocated from the added
1873                         memory block itself when memory_hotplug.memmap_on_memory is
1874                         enabled, those vmemmap pages cannot be optimized even if this
1875                         feature is enabled.  Other vmemmap pages not allocated from
1876                         the added memory block itself do not be affected.
1877 
1878         hung_task_panic=
1879                         [KNL] Should the hung task detector generate panics.
1880                         Format: 0 | 1
1881 
1882                         A value of 1 instructs the kernel to panic when a
1883                         hung task is detected. The default value is controlled
1884                         by the CONFIG_BOOTPARAM_HUNG_TASK_PANIC build-time
1885                         option. The value selected by this boot parameter can
1886                         be changed later by the kernel.hung_task_panic sysctl.
1887 
1888         hvc_iucv=       [S390]  Number of z/VM IUCV hypervisor console (HVC)
1889                                 terminal devices. Valid values: 0..8
1890         hvc_iucv_allow= [S390]  Comma-separated list of z/VM user IDs.
1891                                 If specified, z/VM IUCV HVC accepts connections
1892                                 from listed z/VM user IDs only.
1893 
1894         hv_nopvspin     [X86,HYPER_V,EARLY]
1895                         Disables the paravirt spinlock optimizations
1896                         which allow the hypervisor to 'idle' the guest
1897                         on lock contention.
1898 
1899         i2c_bus=        [HW]    Override the default board specific I2C bus speed
1900                                 or register an additional I2C bus that is not
1901                                 registered from board initialization code.
1902                                 Format:
1903                                 <bus_id>,<clkrate>
1904 
1905         i2c_touchscreen_props= [HW,ACPI,X86]
1906                         Set device-properties for ACPI-enumerated I2C-attached
1907                         touchscreen, to e.g. fix coordinates of upside-down
1908                         mounted touchscreens. If you need this option please
1909                         submit a drivers/platform/x86/touchscreen_dmi.c patch
1910                         adding a DMI quirk for this.
1911 
1912                         Format:
1913                         <ACPI_HW_ID>:<prop_name>=<val>[:prop_name=val][:...]
1914                         Where <val> is one of:
1915                         Omit "=<val>" entirely  Set a boolean device-property
1916                         Unsigned number         Set a u32 device-property
1917                         Anything else           Set a string device-property
1918 
1919                         Examples (split over multiple lines):
1920                         i2c_touchscreen_props=GDIX1001:touchscreen-inverted-x:
1921                         touchscreen-inverted-y
1922 
1923                         i2c_touchscreen_props=MSSL1680:touchscreen-size-x=1920:
1924                         touchscreen-size-y=1080:touchscreen-inverted-y:
1925                         firmware-name=gsl1680-vendor-model.fw:silead,home-button
1926 
1927         i8042.debug     [HW] Toggle i8042 debug mode
1928         i8042.unmask_kbd_data
1929                         [HW] Enable printing of interrupt data from the KBD port
1930                              (disabled by default, and as a pre-condition
1931                              requires that i8042.debug=1 be enabled)
1932         i8042.direct    [HW] Put keyboard port into non-translated mode
1933         i8042.dumbkbd   [HW] Pretend that controller can only read data from
1934                              keyboard and cannot control its state
1935                              (Don't attempt to blink the leds)
1936         i8042.noaux     [HW] Don't check for auxiliary (== mouse) port
1937         i8042.nokbd     [HW] Don't check/create keyboard port
1938         i8042.noloop    [HW] Disable the AUX Loopback command while probing
1939                              for the AUX port
1940         i8042.nomux     [HW] Don't check presence of an active multiplexing
1941                              controller
1942         i8042.nopnp     [HW] Don't use ACPIPnP / PnPBIOS to discover KBD/AUX
1943                              controllers
1944         i8042.notimeout [HW] Ignore timeout condition signalled by controller
1945         i8042.reset     [HW] Reset the controller during init, cleanup and
1946                              suspend-to-ram transitions, only during s2r
1947                              transitions, or never reset
1948                         Format: { 1 | Y | y | 0 | N | n }
1949                         1, Y, y: always reset controller
1950                         0, N, n: don't ever reset controller
1951                         Default: only on s2r transitions on x86; most other
1952                         architectures force reset to be always executed
1953         i8042.unlock    [HW] Unlock (ignore) the keylock
1954         i8042.kbdreset  [HW] Reset device connected to KBD port
1955         i8042.probe_defer
1956                         [HW] Allow deferred probing upon i8042 probe errors
1957 
1958         i810=           [HW,DRM]
1959 
1960         i915.invert_brightness=
1961                         [DRM] Invert the sense of the variable that is used to
1962                         set the brightness of the panel backlight. Normally a
1963                         brightness value of 0 indicates backlight switched off,
1964                         and the maximum of the brightness value sets the backlight
1965                         to maximum brightness. If this parameter is set to 0
1966                         (default) and the machine requires it, or this parameter
1967                         is set to 1, a brightness value of 0 sets the backlight
1968                         to maximum brightness, and the maximum of the brightness
1969                         value switches the backlight off.
1970                         -1 -- never invert brightness
1971                          0 -- machine default
1972                          1 -- force brightness inversion
1973 
1974         ia32_emulation= [X86-64]
1975                         Format: <bool>
1976                         When true, allows loading 32-bit programs and executing 32-bit
1977                         syscalls, essentially overriding IA32_EMULATION_DEFAULT_DISABLED at
1978                         boot time. When false, unconditionally disables IA32 emulation.
1979 
1980         icn=            [HW,ISDN]
1981                         Format: <io>[,<membase>[,<icn_id>[,<icn_id2>]]]
1982 
1983 
1984         idle=           [X86,EARLY]
1985                         Format: idle=poll, idle=halt, idle=nomwait
1986                         Poll forces a polling idle loop that can slightly
1987                         improve the performance of waking up a idle CPU, but
1988                         will use a lot of power and make the system run hot.
1989                         Not recommended.
1990                         idle=halt: Halt is forced to be used for CPU idle.
1991                         In such case C2/C3 won't be used again.
1992                         idle=nomwait: Disable mwait for CPU C-states
1993 
1994         idxd.sva=       [HW]
1995                         Format: <bool>
1996                         Allow force disabling of Shared Virtual Memory (SVA)
1997                         support for the idxd driver. By default it is set to
1998                         true (1).
1999 
2000         idxd.tc_override= [HW]
2001                         Format: <bool>
2002                         Allow override of default traffic class configuration
2003                         for the device. By default it is set to false (0).
2004 
2005         ieee754=        [MIPS] Select IEEE Std 754 conformance mode
2006                         Format: { strict | legacy | 2008 | relaxed | emulated }
2007                         Default: strict
2008 
2009                         Choose which programs will be accepted for execution
2010                         based on the IEEE 754 NaN encoding(s) supported by
2011                         the FPU and the NaN encoding requested with the value
2012                         of an ELF file header flag individually set by each
2013                         binary.  Hardware implementations are permitted to
2014                         support either or both of the legacy and the 2008 NaN
2015                         encoding mode.
2016 
2017                         Available settings are as follows:
2018                         strict  accept binaries that request a NaN encoding
2019                                 supported by the FPU
2020                         legacy  only accept legacy-NaN binaries, if supported
2021                                 by the FPU
2022                         2008    only accept 2008-NaN binaries, if supported
2023                                 by the FPU
2024                         relaxed accept any binaries regardless of whether
2025                                 supported by the FPU
2026                         emulated accept any binaries but enable FPU emulator
2027                                 if binary mode is unsupported by the FPU.
2028 
2029                         The FPU emulator is always able to support both NaN
2030                         encodings, so if no FPU hardware is present or it has
2031                         been disabled with 'nofpu', then the settings of
2032                         'legacy' and '2008' strap the emulator accordingly,
2033                         'relaxed' straps the emulator for both legacy-NaN and
2034                         2008-NaN, whereas 'strict' enables legacy-NaN only on
2035                         legacy processors and both NaN encodings on MIPS32 or
2036                         MIPS64 CPUs.
2037 
2038                         The setting for ABS.fmt/NEG.fmt instruction execution
2039                         mode generally follows that for the NaN encoding,
2040                         except where unsupported by hardware.
2041 
2042         ignore_loglevel [KNL,EARLY]
2043                         Ignore loglevel setting - this will print /all/
2044                         kernel messages to the console. Useful for debugging.
2045                         We also add it as printk module parameter, so users
2046                         could change it dynamically, usually by
2047                         /sys/module/printk/parameters/ignore_loglevel.
2048 
2049         ignore_rlimit_data
2050                         Ignore RLIMIT_DATA setting for data mappings,
2051                         print warning at first misuse.  Can be changed via
2052                         /sys/module/kernel/parameters/ignore_rlimit_data.
2053 
2054         ihash_entries=  [KNL]
2055                         Set number of hash buckets for inode cache.
2056 
2057         ima_appraise=   [IMA] appraise integrity measurements
2058                         Format: { "off" | "enforce" | "fix" | "log" }
2059                         default: "enforce"
2060 
2061         ima_appraise_tcb [IMA] Deprecated.  Use ima_policy= instead.
2062                         The builtin appraise policy appraises all files
2063                         owned by uid=0.
2064 
2065         ima_canonical_fmt [IMA]
2066                         Use the canonical format for the binary runtime
2067                         measurements, instead of host native format.
2068 
2069         ima_hash=       [IMA]
2070                         Format: { md5 | sha1 | rmd160 | sha256 | sha384
2071                                    | sha512 | ... }
2072                         default: "sha1"
2073 
2074                         The list of supported hash algorithms is defined
2075                         in crypto/hash_info.h.
2076 
2077         ima_policy=     [IMA]
2078                         The builtin policies to load during IMA setup.
2079                         Format: "tcb | appraise_tcb | secure_boot |
2080                                  fail_securely | critical_data"
2081 
2082                         The "tcb" policy measures all programs exec'd, files
2083                         mmap'd for exec, and all files opened with the read
2084                         mode bit set by either the effective uid (euid=0) or
2085                         uid=0.
2086 
2087                         The "appraise_tcb" policy appraises the integrity of
2088                         all files owned by root.
2089 
2090                         The "secure_boot" policy appraises the integrity
2091                         of files (eg. kexec kernel image, kernel modules,
2092                         firmware, policy, etc) based on file signatures.
2093 
2094                         The "fail_securely" policy forces file signature
2095                         verification failure also on privileged mounted
2096                         filesystems with the SB_I_UNVERIFIABLE_SIGNATURE
2097                         flag.
2098 
2099                         The "critical_data" policy measures kernel integrity
2100                         critical data.
2101 
2102         ima_tcb         [IMA] Deprecated.  Use ima_policy= instead.
2103                         Load a policy which meets the needs of the Trusted
2104                         Computing Base.  This means IMA will measure all
2105                         programs exec'd, files mmap'd for exec, and all files
2106                         opened for read by uid=0.
2107 
2108         ima_template=   [IMA]
2109                         Select one of defined IMA measurements template formats.
2110                         Formats: { "ima" | "ima-ng" | "ima-ngv2" | "ima-sig" |
2111                                    "ima-sigv2" }
2112                         Default: "ima-ng"
2113 
2114         ima_template_fmt=
2115                         [IMA] Define a custom template format.
2116                         Format: { "field1|...|fieldN" }
2117 
2118         ima.ahash_minsize= [IMA] Minimum file size for asynchronous hash usage
2119                         Format: <min_file_size>
2120                         Set the minimal file size for using asynchronous hash.
2121                         If left unspecified, ahash usage is disabled.
2122 
2123                         ahash performance varies for different data sizes on
2124                         different crypto accelerators. This option can be used
2125                         to achieve the best performance for a particular HW.
2126 
2127         ima.ahash_bufsize= [IMA] Asynchronous hash buffer size
2128                         Format: <bufsize>
2129                         Set hashing buffer size. Default: 4k.
2130 
2131                         ahash performance varies for different chunk sizes on
2132                         different crypto accelerators. This option can be used
2133                         to achieve best performance for particular HW.
2134 
2135         init=           [KNL]
2136                         Format: <full_path>
2137                         Run specified binary instead of /sbin/init as init
2138                         process.
2139 
2140         initcall_debug  [KNL] Trace initcalls as they are executed.  Useful
2141                         for working out where the kernel is dying during
2142                         startup.
2143 
2144         initcall_blacklist=  [KNL] Do not execute a comma-separated list of
2145                         initcall functions.  Useful for debugging built-in
2146                         modules and initcalls.
2147 
2148         initramfs_async= [KNL]
2149                         Format: <bool>
2150                         Default: 1
2151                         This parameter controls whether the initramfs
2152                         image is unpacked asynchronously, concurrently
2153                         with devices being probed and
2154                         initialized. This should normally just work,
2155                         but as a debugging aid, one can get the
2156                         historical behaviour of the initramfs
2157                         unpacking being completed before device_ and
2158                         late_ initcalls.
2159 
2160         initrd=         [BOOT,EARLY] Specify the location of the initial ramdisk
2161 
2162         initrdmem=      [KNL,EARLY] Specify a physical address and size from which to
2163                         load the initrd. If an initrd is compiled in or
2164                         specified in the bootparams, it takes priority over this
2165                         setting.
2166                         Format: ss[KMG],nn[KMG]
2167                         Default is 0, 0
2168 
2169         init_on_alloc=  [MM,EARLY] Fill newly allocated pages and heap objects with
2170                         zeroes.
2171                         Format: 0 | 1
2172                         Default set by CONFIG_INIT_ON_ALLOC_DEFAULT_ON.
2173 
2174         init_on_free=   [MM,EARLY] Fill freed pages and heap objects with zeroes.
2175                         Format: 0 | 1
2176                         Default set by CONFIG_INIT_ON_FREE_DEFAULT_ON.
2177 
2178         init_pkru=      [X86] Specify the default memory protection keys rights
2179                         register contents for all processes.  0x55555554 by
2180                         default (disallow access to all but pkey 0).  Can
2181                         override in debugfs after boot.
2182 
2183         inport.irq=     [HW] Inport (ATI XL and Microsoft) busmouse driver
2184                         Format: <irq>
2185 
2186         int_pln_enable  [X86] Enable power limit notification interrupt
2187 
2188         integrity_audit=[IMA]
2189                         Format: { "0" | "1" }
2190                         0 -- basic integrity auditing messages. (Default)
2191                         1 -- additional integrity auditing messages.
2192 
2193         intel_iommu=    [DMAR] Intel IOMMU driver (DMAR) option
2194                 on
2195                         Enable intel iommu driver.
2196                 off
2197                         Disable intel iommu driver.
2198                 igfx_off [Default Off]
2199                         By default, gfx is mapped as normal device. If a gfx
2200                         device has a dedicated DMAR unit, the DMAR unit is
2201                         bypassed by not enabling DMAR with this option. In
2202                         this case, gfx device will use physical address for
2203                         DMA.
2204                 strict [Default Off]
2205                         Deprecated, equivalent to iommu.strict=1.
2206                 sp_off [Default Off]
2207                         By default, super page will be supported if Intel IOMMU
2208                         has the capability. With this option, super page will
2209                         not be supported.
2210                 sm_on
2211                         Enable the Intel IOMMU scalable mode if the hardware
2212                         advertises that it has support for the scalable mode
2213                         translation.
2214                 sm_off
2215                         Disallow use of the Intel IOMMU scalable mode.
2216                 tboot_noforce [Default Off]
2217                         Do not force the Intel IOMMU enabled under tboot.
2218                         By default, tboot will force Intel IOMMU on, which
2219                         could harm performance of some high-throughput
2220                         devices like 40GBit network cards, even if identity
2221                         mapping is enabled.
2222                         Note that using this option lowers the security
2223                         provided by tboot because it makes the system
2224                         vulnerable to DMA attacks.
2225 
2226         intel_idle.max_cstate=  [KNL,HW,ACPI,X86]
2227                         0       disables intel_idle and fall back on acpi_idle.
2228                         1 to 9  specify maximum depth of C-state.
2229 
2230         intel_pstate=   [X86,EARLY]
2231                         disable
2232                           Do not enable intel_pstate as the default
2233                           scaling driver for the supported processors
2234                         active
2235                           Use intel_pstate driver to bypass the scaling
2236                           governors layer of cpufreq and provides it own
2237                           algorithms for p-state selection. There are two
2238                           P-state selection algorithms provided by
2239                           intel_pstate in the active mode: powersave and
2240                           performance.  The way they both operate depends
2241                           on whether or not the hardware managed P-states
2242                           (HWP) feature has been enabled in the processor
2243                           and possibly on the processor model.
2244                         passive
2245                           Use intel_pstate as a scaling driver, but configure it
2246                           to work with generic cpufreq governors (instead of
2247                           enabling its internal governor).  This mode cannot be
2248                           used along with the hardware-managed P-states (HWP)
2249                           feature.
2250                         force
2251                           Enable intel_pstate on systems that prohibit it by default
2252                           in favor of acpi-cpufreq. Forcing the intel_pstate driver
2253                           instead of acpi-cpufreq may disable platform features, such
2254                           as thermal controls and power capping, that rely on ACPI
2255                           P-States information being indicated to OSPM and therefore
2256                           should be used with caution. This option does not work with
2257                           processors that aren't supported by the intel_pstate driver
2258                           or on platforms that use pcc-cpufreq instead of acpi-cpufreq.
2259                         no_hwp
2260                           Do not enable hardware P state control (HWP)
2261                           if available.
2262                         hwp_only
2263                           Only load intel_pstate on systems which support
2264                           hardware P state control (HWP) if available.
2265                         support_acpi_ppc
2266                           Enforce ACPI _PPC performance limits. If the Fixed ACPI
2267                           Description Table, specifies preferred power management
2268                           profile as "Enterprise Server" or "Performance Server",
2269                           then this feature is turned on by default.
2270                         per_cpu_perf_limits
2271                           Allow per-logical-CPU P-State performance control limits using
2272                           cpufreq sysfs interface
2273 
2274         intremap=       [X86-64,Intel-IOMMU,EARLY]
2275                         on      enable Interrupt Remapping (default)
2276                         off     disable Interrupt Remapping
2277                         nosid   disable Source ID checking
2278                         no_x2apic_optout
2279                                 BIOS x2APIC opt-out request will be ignored
2280                         nopost  disable Interrupt Posting
2281                         posted_msi
2282                                 enable MSIs delivered as posted interrupts
2283 
2284         iomem=          Disable strict checking of access to MMIO memory
2285                 strict  regions from userspace.
2286                 relaxed
2287 
2288         iommu=          [X86,EARLY]
2289                 off
2290                 force
2291                 noforce
2292                 biomerge
2293                 panic
2294                 nopanic
2295                 merge
2296                 nomerge
2297                 soft
2298                 pt              [X86]
2299                 nopt            [X86]
2300                 nobypass        [PPC/POWERNV]
2301                         Disable IOMMU bypass, using IOMMU for PCI devices.
2302 
2303         iommu.forcedac= [ARM64,X86,EARLY] Control IOVA allocation for PCI devices.
2304                         Format: { "0" | "1" }
2305                         0 - Try to allocate a 32-bit DMA address first, before
2306                           falling back to the full range if needed.
2307                         1 - Allocate directly from the full usable range,
2308                           forcing Dual Address Cycle for PCI cards supporting
2309                           greater than 32-bit addressing.
2310 
2311         iommu.strict=   [ARM64,X86,S390,EARLY] Configure TLB invalidation behaviour
2312                         Format: { "0" | "1" }
2313                         0 - Lazy mode.
2314                           Request that DMA unmap operations use deferred
2315                           invalidation of hardware TLBs, for increased
2316                           throughput at the cost of reduced device isolation.
2317                           Will fall back to strict mode if not supported by
2318                           the relevant IOMMU driver.
2319                         1 - Strict mode.
2320                           DMA unmap operations invalidate IOMMU hardware TLBs
2321                           synchronously.
2322                         unset - Use value of CONFIG_IOMMU_DEFAULT_DMA_{LAZY,STRICT}.
2323                         Note: on x86, strict mode specified via one of the
2324                         legacy driver-specific options takes precedence.
2325 
2326         iommu.passthrough=
2327                         [ARM64,X86,EARLY] Configure DMA to bypass the IOMMU by default.
2328                         Format: { "0" | "1" }
2329                         0 - Use IOMMU translation for DMA.
2330                         1 - Bypass the IOMMU for DMA.
2331                         unset - Use value of CONFIG_IOMMU_DEFAULT_PASSTHROUGH.
2332 
2333         io7=            [HW] IO7 for Marvel-based Alpha systems
2334                         See comment before marvel_specify_io7 in
2335                         arch/alpha/kernel/core_marvel.c.
2336 
2337         io_delay=       [X86,EARLY] I/O delay method
2338                 0x80
2339                         Standard port 0x80 based delay
2340                 0xed
2341                         Alternate port 0xed based delay (needed on some systems)
2342                 udelay
2343                         Simple two microseconds delay
2344                 none
2345                         No delay
2346 
2347         ip=             [IP_PNP]
2348                         See Documentation/admin-guide/nfs/nfsroot.rst.
2349 
2350         ipcmni_extend   [KNL,EARLY] Extend the maximum number of unique System V
2351                         IPC identifiers from 32,768 to 16,777,216.
2352 
2353         irqaffinity=    [SMP] Set the default irq affinity mask
2354                         The argument is a cpu list, as described above.
2355 
2356         irqchip.gicv2_force_probe=
2357                         [ARM,ARM64,EARLY]
2358                         Format: <bool>
2359                         Force the kernel to look for the second 4kB page
2360                         of a GICv2 controller even if the memory range
2361                         exposed by the device tree is too small.
2362 
2363         irqchip.gicv3_nolpi=
2364                         [ARM,ARM64,EARLY]
2365                         Force the kernel to ignore the availability of
2366                         LPIs (and by consequence ITSs). Intended for system
2367                         that use the kernel as a bootloader, and thus want
2368                         to let secondary kernels in charge of setting up
2369                         LPIs.
2370 
2371         irqchip.gicv3_pseudo_nmi= [ARM64,EARLY]
2372                         Enables support for pseudo-NMIs in the kernel. This
2373                         requires the kernel to be built with
2374                         CONFIG_ARM64_PSEUDO_NMI.
2375 
2376         irqfixup        [HW]
2377                         When an interrupt is not handled search all handlers
2378                         for it. Intended to get systems with badly broken
2379                         firmware running.
2380 
2381         irqpoll         [HW]
2382                         When an interrupt is not handled search all handlers
2383                         for it. Also check all handlers each timer
2384                         interrupt. Intended to get systems with badly broken
2385                         firmware running.
2386 
2387         isapnp=         [ISAPNP]
2388                         Format: <RDP>,<reset>,<pci_scan>,<verbosity>
2389 
2390         isolcpus=       [KNL,SMP,ISOL] Isolate a given set of CPUs from disturbance.
2391                         [Deprecated - use cpusets instead]
2392                         Format: [flag-list,]<cpu-list>
2393 
2394                         Specify one or more CPUs to isolate from disturbances
2395                         specified in the flag list (default: domain):
2396 
2397                         nohz
2398                           Disable the tick when a single task runs.
2399 
2400                           A residual 1Hz tick is offloaded to workqueues, which you
2401                           need to affine to housekeeping through the global
2402                           workqueue's affinity configured via the
2403                           /sys/devices/virtual/workqueue/cpumask sysfs file, or
2404                           by using the 'domain' flag described below.
2405 
2406                           NOTE: by default the global workqueue runs on all CPUs,
2407                           so to protect individual CPUs the 'cpumask' file has to
2408                           be configured manually after bootup.
2409 
2410                         domain
2411                           Isolate from the general SMP balancing and scheduling
2412                           algorithms. Note that performing domain isolation this way
2413                           is irreversible: it's not possible to bring back a CPU to
2414                           the domains once isolated through isolcpus. It's strongly
2415                           advised to use cpusets instead to disable scheduler load
2416                           balancing through the "cpuset.sched_load_balance" file.
2417                           It offers a much more flexible interface where CPUs can
2418                           move in and out of an isolated set anytime.
2419 
2420                           You can move a process onto or off an "isolated" CPU via
2421                           the CPU affinity syscalls or cpuset.
2422                           <cpu number> begins at 0 and the maximum value is
2423                           "number of CPUs in system - 1".
2424 
2425                         managed_irq
2426 
2427                           Isolate from being targeted by managed interrupts
2428                           which have an interrupt mask containing isolated
2429                           CPUs. The affinity of managed interrupts is
2430                           handled by the kernel and cannot be changed via
2431                           the /proc/irq/* interfaces.
2432 
2433                           This isolation is best effort and only effective
2434                           if the automatically assigned interrupt mask of a
2435                           device queue contains isolated and housekeeping
2436                           CPUs. If housekeeping CPUs are online then such
2437                           interrupts are directed to the housekeeping CPU
2438                           so that IO submitted on the housekeeping CPU
2439                           cannot disturb the isolated CPU.
2440 
2441                           If a queue's affinity mask contains only isolated
2442                           CPUs then this parameter has no effect on the
2443                           interrupt routing decision, though interrupts are
2444                           only delivered when tasks running on those
2445                           isolated CPUs submit IO. IO submitted on
2446                           housekeeping CPUs has no influence on those
2447                           queues.
2448 
2449                         The format of <cpu-list> is described above.
2450 
2451         iucv=           [HW,NET]
2452 
2453         ivrs_ioapic     [HW,X86-64]
2454                         Provide an override to the IOAPIC-ID<->DEVICE-ID
2455                         mapping provided in the IVRS ACPI table.
2456                         By default, PCI segment is 0, and can be omitted.
2457 
2458                         For example, to map IOAPIC-ID decimal 10 to
2459                         PCI segment 0x1 and PCI device 00:14.0,
2460                         write the parameter as:
2461                                 ivrs_ioapic=10@0001:00:14.0
2462 
2463                         Deprecated formats:
2464                         * To map IOAPIC-ID decimal 10 to PCI device 00:14.0
2465                           write the parameter as:
2466                                 ivrs_ioapic[10]=00:14.0
2467                         * To map IOAPIC-ID decimal 10 to PCI segment 0x1 and
2468                           PCI device 00:14.0 write the parameter as:
2469                                 ivrs_ioapic[10]=0001:00:14.0
2470 
2471         ivrs_hpet       [HW,X86-64]
2472                         Provide an override to the HPET-ID<->DEVICE-ID
2473                         mapping provided in the IVRS ACPI table.
2474                         By default, PCI segment is 0, and can be omitted.
2475 
2476                         For example, to map HPET-ID decimal 10 to
2477                         PCI segment 0x1 and PCI device 00:14.0,
2478                         write the parameter as:
2479                                 ivrs_hpet=10@0001:00:14.0
2480 
2481                         Deprecated formats:
2482                         * To map HPET-ID decimal 0 to PCI device 00:14.0
2483                           write the parameter as:
2484                                 ivrs_hpet[0]=00:14.0
2485                         * To map HPET-ID decimal 10 to PCI segment 0x1 and
2486                           PCI device 00:14.0 write the parameter as:
2487                                 ivrs_ioapic[10]=0001:00:14.0
2488 
2489         ivrs_acpihid    [HW,X86-64]
2490                         Provide an override to the ACPI-HID:UID<->DEVICE-ID
2491                         mapping provided in the IVRS ACPI table.
2492                         By default, PCI segment is 0, and can be omitted.
2493 
2494                         For example, to map UART-HID:UID AMD0020:0 to
2495                         PCI segment 0x1 and PCI device ID 00:14.5,
2496                         write the parameter as:
2497                                 ivrs_acpihid=AMD0020:0@0001:00:14.5
2498 
2499                         Deprecated formats:
2500                         * To map UART-HID:UID AMD0020:0 to PCI segment is 0,
2501                           PCI device ID 00:14.5, write the parameter as:
2502                                 ivrs_acpihid[00:14.5]=AMD0020:0
2503                         * To map UART-HID:UID AMD0020:0 to PCI segment 0x1 and
2504                           PCI device ID 00:14.5, write the parameter as:
2505                                 ivrs_acpihid[0001:00:14.5]=AMD0020:0
2506 
2507         js=             [HW,JOY] Analog joystick
2508                         See Documentation/input/joydev/joystick.rst.
2509 
2510         kasan_multi_shot
2511                         [KNL] Enforce KASAN (Kernel Address Sanitizer) to print
2512                         report on every invalid memory access. Without this
2513                         parameter KASAN will print report only for the first
2514                         invalid access.
2515 
2516         keep_bootcon    [KNL,EARLY]
2517                         Do not unregister boot console at start. This is only
2518                         useful for debugging when something happens in the window
2519                         between unregistering the boot console and initializing
2520                         the real console.
2521 
2522         keepinitrd      [HW,ARM] See retain_initrd.
2523 
2524         kernelcore=     [KNL,X86,PPC,EARLY]
2525                         Format: nn[KMGTPE] | nn% | "mirror"
2526                         This parameter specifies the amount of memory usable by
2527                         the kernel for non-movable allocations.  The requested
2528                         amount is spread evenly throughout all nodes in the
2529                         system as ZONE_NORMAL.  The remaining memory is used for
2530                         movable memory in its own zone, ZONE_MOVABLE.  In the
2531                         event, a node is too small to have both ZONE_NORMAL and
2532                         ZONE_MOVABLE, kernelcore memory will take priority and
2533                         other nodes will have a larger ZONE_MOVABLE.
2534 
2535                         ZONE_MOVABLE is used for the allocation of pages that
2536                         may be reclaimed or moved by the page migration
2537                         subsystem.  Note that allocations like PTEs-from-HighMem
2538                         still use the HighMem zone if it exists, and the Normal
2539                         zone if it does not.
2540 
2541                         It is possible to specify the exact amount of memory in
2542                         the form of "nn[KMGTPE]", a percentage of total system
2543                         memory in the form of "nn%", or "mirror".  If "mirror"
2544                         option is specified, mirrored (reliable) memory is used
2545                         for non-movable allocations and remaining memory is used
2546                         for Movable pages.  "nn[KMGTPE]", "nn%", and "mirror"
2547                         are exclusive, so you cannot specify multiple forms.
2548 
2549         kgdbdbgp=       [KGDB,HW,EARLY] kgdb over EHCI usb debug port.
2550                         Format: <Controller#>[,poll interval]
2551                         The controller # is the number of the ehci usb debug
2552                         port as it is probed via PCI.  The poll interval is
2553                         optional and is the number seconds in between
2554                         each poll cycle to the debug port in case you need
2555                         the functionality for interrupting the kernel with
2556                         gdb or control-c on the dbgp connection.  When
2557                         not using this parameter you use sysrq-g to break into
2558                         the kernel debugger.
2559 
2560         kgdboc=         [KGDB,HW] kgdb over consoles.
2561                         Requires a tty driver that supports console polling,
2562                         or a supported polling keyboard driver (non-usb).
2563                          Serial only format: <serial_device>[,baud]
2564                          keyboard only format: kbd
2565                          keyboard and serial format: kbd,<serial_device>[,baud]
2566                         Optional Kernel mode setting:
2567                          kms, kbd format: kms,kbd
2568                          kms, kbd and serial format: kms,kbd,<ser_dev>[,baud]
2569 
2570         kgdboc_earlycon=        [KGDB,HW,EARLY]
2571                         If the boot console provides the ability to read
2572                         characters and can work in polling mode, you can use
2573                         this parameter to tell kgdb to use it as a backend
2574                         until the normal console is registered. Intended to
2575                         be used together with the kgdboc parameter which
2576                         specifies the normal console to transition to.
2577 
2578                         The name of the early console should be specified
2579                         as the value of this parameter. Note that the name of
2580                         the early console might be different than the tty
2581                         name passed to kgdboc. It's OK to leave the value
2582                         blank and the first boot console that implements
2583                         read() will be picked.
2584 
2585         kgdbwait        [KGDB,EARLY] Stop kernel execution and enter the
2586                         kernel debugger at the earliest opportunity.
2587 
2588         kmac=           [MIPS] Korina ethernet MAC address.
2589                         Configure the RouterBoard 532 series on-chip
2590                         Ethernet adapter MAC address.
2591 
2592         kmemleak=       [KNL,EARLY] Boot-time kmemleak enable/disable
2593                         Valid arguments: on, off
2594                         Default: on
2595                         Built with CONFIG_DEBUG_KMEMLEAK_DEFAULT_OFF=y,
2596                         the default is off.
2597 
2598         kprobe_event=[probe-list]
2599                         [FTRACE] Add kprobe events and enable at boot time.
2600                         The probe-list is a semicolon delimited list of probe
2601                         definitions. Each definition is same as kprobe_events
2602                         interface, but the parameters are comma delimited.
2603                         For example, to add a kprobe event on vfs_read with
2604                         arg1 and arg2, add to the command line;
2605 
2606                               kprobe_event=p,vfs_read,$arg1,$arg2
2607 
2608                         See also Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.rst "Kernel
2609                         Boot Parameter" section.
2610 
2611         kpti=           [ARM64,EARLY] Control page table isolation of
2612                         user and kernel address spaces.
2613                         Default: enabled on cores which need mitigation.
2614                         0: force disabled
2615                         1: force enabled
2616 
2617         kunit.enable=   [KUNIT] Enable executing KUnit tests. Requires
2618                         CONFIG_KUNIT to be set to be fully enabled. The
2619                         default value can be overridden via
2620                         KUNIT_DEFAULT_ENABLED.
2621                         Default is 1 (enabled)
2622 
2623         kvm.ignore_msrs=[KVM] Ignore guest accesses to unhandled MSRs.
2624                         Default is 0 (don't ignore, but inject #GP)
2625 
2626         kvm.eager_page_split=
2627                         [KVM,X86] Controls whether or not KVM will try to
2628                         proactively split all huge pages during dirty logging.
2629                         Eager page splitting reduces interruptions to vCPU
2630                         execution by eliminating the write-protection faults
2631                         and MMU lock contention that would otherwise be
2632                         required to split huge pages lazily.
2633 
2634                         VM workloads that rarely perform writes or that write
2635                         only to a small region of VM memory may benefit from
2636                         disabling eager page splitting to allow huge pages to
2637                         still be used for reads.
2638 
2639                         The behavior of eager page splitting depends on whether
2640                         KVM_DIRTY_LOG_INITIALLY_SET is enabled or disabled. If
2641                         disabled, all huge pages in a memslot will be eagerly
2642                         split when dirty logging is enabled on that memslot. If
2643                         enabled, eager page splitting will be performed during
2644                         the KVM_CLEAR_DIRTY ioctl, and only for the pages being
2645                         cleared.
2646 
2647                         Eager page splitting is only supported when kvm.tdp_mmu=Y.
2648 
2649                         Default is Y (on).
2650 
2651         kvm.enable_vmware_backdoor=[KVM] Support VMware backdoor PV interface.
2652                                    Default is false (don't support).
2653 
2654         kvm.nx_huge_pages=
2655                         [KVM] Controls the software workaround for the
2656                         X86_BUG_ITLB_MULTIHIT bug.
2657                         force   : Always deploy workaround.
2658                         off     : Never deploy workaround.
2659                         auto    : Deploy workaround based on the presence of
2660                                   X86_BUG_ITLB_MULTIHIT.
2661 
2662                         Default is 'auto'.
2663 
2664                         If the software workaround is enabled for the host,
2665                         guests do need not to enable it for nested guests.
2666 
2667         kvm.nx_huge_pages_recovery_ratio=
2668                         [KVM] Controls how many 4KiB pages are periodically zapped
2669                         back to huge pages.  0 disables the recovery, otherwise if
2670                         the value is N KVM will zap 1/Nth of the 4KiB pages every
2671                         period (see below).  The default is 60.
2672 
2673         kvm.nx_huge_pages_recovery_period_ms=
2674                         [KVM] Controls the time period at which KVM zaps 4KiB pages
2675                         back to huge pages. If the value is a non-zero N, KVM will
2676                         zap a portion (see ratio above) of the pages every N msecs.
2677                         If the value is 0 (the default), KVM will pick a period based
2678                         on the ratio, such that a page is zapped after 1 hour on average.
2679 
2680         kvm-amd.nested= [KVM,AMD] Control nested virtualization feature in
2681                         KVM/SVM. Default is 1 (enabled).
2682 
2683         kvm-amd.npt=    [KVM,AMD] Control KVM's use of Nested Page Tables,
2684                         a.k.a. Two-Dimensional Page Tables. Default is 1
2685                         (enabled). Disable by KVM if hardware lacks support
2686                         for NPT.
2687 
2688         kvm-arm.mode=
2689                         [KVM,ARM,EARLY] Select one of KVM/arm64's modes of
2690                         operation.
2691 
2692                         none: Forcefully disable KVM.
2693 
2694                         nvhe: Standard nVHE-based mode, without support for
2695                               protected guests.
2696 
2697                         protected: nVHE-based mode with support for guests whose
2698                                    state is kept private from the host.
2699 
2700                         nested: VHE-based mode with support for nested
2701                                 virtualization. Requires at least ARMv8.3
2702                                 hardware.
2703 
2704                         Defaults to VHE/nVHE based on hardware support. Setting
2705                         mode to "protected" will disable kexec and hibernation
2706                         for the host. "nested" is experimental and should be
2707                         used with extreme caution.
2708 
2709         kvm-arm.vgic_v3_group0_trap=
2710                         [KVM,ARM,EARLY] Trap guest accesses to GICv3 group-0
2711                         system registers
2712 
2713         kvm-arm.vgic_v3_group1_trap=
2714                         [KVM,ARM,EARLY] Trap guest accesses to GICv3 group-1
2715                         system registers
2716 
2717         kvm-arm.vgic_v3_common_trap=
2718                         [KVM,ARM,EARLY] Trap guest accesses to GICv3 common
2719                         system registers
2720 
2721         kvm-arm.vgic_v4_enable=
2722                         [KVM,ARM,EARLY] Allow use of GICv4 for direct
2723                         injection of LPIs.
2724 
2725         kvm-arm.wfe_trap_policy=
2726                         [KVM,ARM] Control when to set WFE instruction trap for
2727                         KVM VMs. Traps are allowed but not guaranteed by the
2728                         CPU architecture.
2729 
2730                         trap: set WFE instruction trap
2731 
2732                         notrap: clear WFE instruction trap
2733 
2734         kvm-arm.wfi_trap_policy=
2735                         [KVM,ARM] Control when to set WFI instruction trap for
2736                         KVM VMs. Traps are allowed but not guaranteed by the
2737                         CPU architecture.
2738 
2739                         trap: set WFI instruction trap
2740 
2741                         notrap: clear WFI instruction trap
2742 
2743         kvm_cma_resv_ratio=n [PPC,EARLY]
2744                         Reserves given percentage from system memory area for
2745                         contiguous memory allocation for KVM hash pagetable
2746                         allocation.
2747                         By default it reserves 5% of total system memory.
2748                         Format: <integer>
2749                         Default: 5
2750 
2751         kvm-intel.ept=  [KVM,Intel] Control KVM's use of Extended Page Tables,
2752                         a.k.a. Two-Dimensional Page Tables.  Default is 1
2753                         (enabled). Disable by KVM if hardware lacks support
2754                         for EPT.
2755 
2756         kvm-intel.emulate_invalid_guest_state=
2757                         [KVM,Intel] Control whether to emulate invalid guest
2758                         state. Ignored if kvm-intel.enable_unrestricted_guest=1,
2759                         as guest state is never invalid for unrestricted
2760                         guests. This param doesn't apply to nested guests (L2),
2761                         as KVM never emulates invalid L2 guest state.
2762                         Default is 1 (enabled).
2763 
2764         kvm-intel.flexpriority=
2765                         [KVM,Intel] Control KVM's use of FlexPriority feature
2766                         (TPR shadow). Default is 1 (enabled). Disable by KVM if
2767                         hardware lacks support for it.
2768 
2769         kvm-intel.nested=
2770                         [KVM,Intel] Control nested virtualization feature in
2771                         KVM/VMX. Default is 1 (enabled).
2772 
2773         kvm-intel.unrestricted_guest=
2774                         [KVM,Intel] Control KVM's use of unrestricted guest
2775                         feature (virtualized real and unpaged mode). Default
2776                         is 1 (enabled). Disable by KVM if EPT is disabled or
2777                         hardware lacks support for it.
2778 
2779         kvm-intel.vmentry_l1d_flush=[KVM,Intel] Mitigation for L1 Terminal Fault
2780                         CVE-2018-3620.
2781 
2782                         Valid arguments: never, cond, always
2783 
2784                         always: L1D cache flush on every VMENTER.
2785                         cond:   Flush L1D on VMENTER only when the code between
2786                                 VMEXIT and VMENTER can leak host memory.
2787                         never:  Disables the mitigation
2788 
2789                         Default is cond (do L1 cache flush in specific instances)
2790 
2791         kvm-intel.vpid= [KVM,Intel] Control KVM's use of Virtual Processor
2792                         Identification feature (tagged TLBs). Default is 1
2793                         (enabled). Disable by KVM if hardware lacks support
2794                         for it.
2795 
2796         l1d_flush=      [X86,INTEL,EARLY]
2797                         Control mitigation for L1D based snooping vulnerability.
2798 
2799                         Certain CPUs are vulnerable to an exploit against CPU
2800                         internal buffers which can forward information to a
2801                         disclosure gadget under certain conditions.
2802 
2803                         In vulnerable processors, the speculatively
2804                         forwarded data can be used in a cache side channel
2805                         attack, to access data to which the attacker does
2806                         not have direct access.
2807 
2808                         This parameter controls the mitigation. The
2809                         options are:
2810 
2811                         on         - enable the interface for the mitigation
2812 
2813         l1tf=           [X86,EARLY] Control mitigation of the L1TF vulnerability on
2814                               affected CPUs
2815 
2816                         The kernel PTE inversion protection is unconditionally
2817                         enabled and cannot be disabled.
2818 
2819                         full
2820                                 Provides all available mitigations for the
2821                                 L1TF vulnerability. Disables SMT and
2822                                 enables all mitigations in the
2823                                 hypervisors, i.e. unconditional L1D flush.
2824 
2825                                 SMT control and L1D flush control via the
2826                                 sysfs interface is still possible after
2827                                 boot.  Hypervisors will issue a warning
2828                                 when the first VM is started in a
2829                                 potentially insecure configuration,
2830                                 i.e. SMT enabled or L1D flush disabled.
2831 
2832                         full,force
2833                                 Same as 'full', but disables SMT and L1D
2834                                 flush runtime control. Implies the
2835                                 'nosmt=force' command line option.
2836                                 (i.e. sysfs control of SMT is disabled.)
2837 
2838                         flush
2839                                 Leaves SMT enabled and enables the default
2840                                 hypervisor mitigation, i.e. conditional
2841                                 L1D flush.
2842 
2843                                 SMT control and L1D flush control via the
2844                                 sysfs interface is still possible after
2845                                 boot.  Hypervisors will issue a warning
2846                                 when the first VM is started in a
2847                                 potentially insecure configuration,
2848                                 i.e. SMT enabled or L1D flush disabled.
2849 
2850                         flush,nosmt
2851 
2852                                 Disables SMT and enables the default
2853                                 hypervisor mitigation.
2854 
2855                                 SMT control and L1D flush control via the
2856                                 sysfs interface is still possible after
2857                                 boot.  Hypervisors will issue a warning
2858                                 when the first VM is started in a
2859                                 potentially insecure configuration,
2860                                 i.e. SMT enabled or L1D flush disabled.
2861 
2862                         flush,nowarn
2863                                 Same as 'flush', but hypervisors will not
2864                                 warn when a VM is started in a potentially
2865                                 insecure configuration.
2866 
2867                         off
2868                                 Disables hypervisor mitigations and doesn't
2869                                 emit any warnings.
2870                                 It also drops the swap size and available
2871                                 RAM limit restriction on both hypervisor and
2872                                 bare metal.
2873 
2874                         Default is 'flush'.
2875 
2876                         For details see: Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/l1tf.rst
2877 
2878         l2cr=           [PPC]
2879 
2880         l3cr=           [PPC]
2881 
2882         lapic           [X86-32,APIC,EARLY] Enable the local APIC even if BIOS
2883                         disabled it.
2884 
2885         lapic=          [X86,APIC] Do not use TSC deadline
2886                         value for LAPIC timer one-shot implementation. Default
2887                         back to the programmable timer unit in the LAPIC.
2888                         Format: notscdeadline
2889 
2890         lapic_timer_c2_ok       [X86,APIC,EARLY] trust the local apic timer
2891                         in C2 power state.
2892 
2893         libata.dma=     [LIBATA] DMA control
2894                         libata.dma=0      Disable all PATA and SATA DMA
2895                         libata.dma=1      PATA and SATA Disk DMA only
2896                         libata.dma=2      ATAPI (CDROM) DMA only
2897                         libata.dma=4      Compact Flash DMA only
2898                         Combinations also work, so libata.dma=3 enables DMA
2899                         for disks and CDROMs, but not CFs.
2900 
2901         libata.ignore_hpa=      [LIBATA] Ignore HPA limit
2902                         libata.ignore_hpa=0       keep BIOS limits (default)
2903                         libata.ignore_hpa=1       ignore limits, using full disk
2904 
2905         libata.noacpi   [LIBATA] Disables use of ACPI in libata suspend/resume
2906                         when set.
2907                         Format: <int>
2908 
2909         libata.force=   [LIBATA] Force configurations.  The format is a comma-
2910                         separated list of "[ID:]VAL" where ID is PORT[.DEVICE].
2911                         PORT and DEVICE are decimal numbers matching port, link
2912                         or device.  Basically, it matches the ATA ID string
2913                         printed on console by libata.  If the whole ID part is
2914                         omitted, the last PORT and DEVICE values are used.  If
2915                         ID hasn't been specified yet, the configuration applies
2916                         to all ports, links and devices.
2917 
2918                         If only DEVICE is omitted, the parameter applies to
2919                         the port and all links and devices behind it.  DEVICE
2920                         number of 0 either selects the first device or the
2921                         first fan-out link behind PMP device.  It does not
2922                         select the host link.  DEVICE number of 15 selects the
2923                         host link and device attached to it.
2924 
2925                         The VAL specifies the configuration to force.  As long
2926                         as there is no ambiguity, shortcut notation is allowed.
2927                         For example, both 1.5 and 1.5G would work for 1.5Gbps.
2928                         The following configurations can be forced.
2929 
2930                         * Cable type: 40c, 80c, short40c, unk, ign or sata.
2931                           Any ID with matching PORT is used.
2932 
2933                         * SATA link speed limit: 1.5Gbps or 3.0Gbps.
2934 
2935                         * Transfer mode: pio[0-7], mwdma[0-4] and udma[0-7].
2936                           udma[/][16,25,33,44,66,100,133] notation is also
2937                           allowed.
2938 
2939                         * nohrst, nosrst, norst: suppress hard, soft and both
2940                           resets.
2941 
2942                         * rstonce: only attempt one reset during hot-unplug
2943                           link recovery.
2944 
2945                         * [no]dbdelay: Enable or disable the extra 200ms delay
2946                           before debouncing a link PHY and device presence
2947                           detection.
2948 
2949                         * [no]ncq: Turn on or off NCQ.
2950 
2951                         * [no]ncqtrim: Enable or disable queued DSM TRIM.
2952 
2953                         * [no]ncqati: Enable or disable NCQ trim on ATI chipset.
2954 
2955                         * [no]trim: Enable or disable (unqueued) TRIM.
2956 
2957                         * trim_zero: Indicate that TRIM command zeroes data.
2958 
2959                         * max_trim_128m: Set 128M maximum trim size limit.
2960 
2961                         * [no]dma: Turn on or off DMA transfers.
2962 
2963                         * atapi_dmadir: Enable ATAPI DMADIR bridge support.
2964 
2965                         * atapi_mod16_dma: Enable the use of ATAPI DMA for
2966                           commands that are not a multiple of 16 bytes.
2967 
2968                         * [no]dmalog: Enable or disable the use of the
2969                           READ LOG DMA EXT command to access logs.
2970 
2971                         * [no]iddevlog: Enable or disable access to the
2972                           identify device data log.
2973 
2974                         * [no]logdir: Enable or disable access to the general
2975                           purpose log directory.
2976 
2977                         * max_sec_128: Set transfer size limit to 128 sectors.
2978 
2979                         * max_sec_1024: Set or clear transfer size limit to
2980                           1024 sectors.
2981 
2982                         * max_sec_lba48: Set or clear transfer size limit to
2983                           65535 sectors.
2984 
2985                         * [no]lpm: Enable or disable link power management.
2986 
2987                         * [no]setxfer: Indicate if transfer speed mode setting
2988                           should be skipped.
2989 
2990                         * [no]fua: Disable or enable FUA (Force Unit Access)
2991                           support for devices supporting this feature.
2992 
2993                         * dump_id: Dump IDENTIFY data.
2994 
2995                         * disable: Disable this device.
2996 
2997                         If there are multiple matching configurations changing
2998                         the same attribute, the last one is used.
2999 
3000         load_ramdisk=   [RAM] [Deprecated]
3001 
3002         lockd.nlm_grace_period=P  [NFS] Assign grace period.
3003                         Format: <integer>
3004 
3005         lockd.nlm_tcpport=N     [NFS] Assign TCP port.
3006                         Format: <integer>
3007 
3008         lockd.nlm_timeout=T     [NFS] Assign timeout value.
3009                         Format: <integer>
3010 
3011         lockd.nlm_udpport=M     [NFS] Assign UDP port.
3012                         Format: <integer>
3013 
3014         lockdown=       [SECURITY,EARLY]
3015                         { integrity | confidentiality }
3016                         Enable the kernel lockdown feature. If set to
3017                         integrity, kernel features that allow userland to
3018                         modify the running kernel are disabled. If set to
3019                         confidentiality, kernel features that allow userland
3020                         to extract confidential information from the kernel
3021                         are also disabled.
3022 
3023         locktorture.acq_writer_lim= [KNL]
3024                         Set the time limit in jiffies for a lock
3025                         acquisition.  Acquisitions exceeding this limit
3026                         will result in a splat once they do complete.
3027 
3028         locktorture.bind_readers= [KNL]
3029                         Specify the list of CPUs to which the readers are
3030                         to be bound.
3031 
3032         locktorture.bind_writers= [KNL]
3033                         Specify the list of CPUs to which the writers are
3034                         to be bound.
3035 
3036         locktorture.call_rcu_chains= [KNL]
3037                         Specify the number of self-propagating call_rcu()
3038                         chains to set up.  These are used to ensure that
3039                         there is a high probability of an RCU grace period
3040                         in progress at any given time.  Defaults to 0,
3041                         which disables these call_rcu() chains.
3042 
3043         locktorture.long_hold= [KNL]
3044                         Specify the duration in milliseconds for the
3045                         occasional long-duration lock hold time.  Defaults
3046                         to 100 milliseconds.  Select 0 to disable.
3047 
3048         locktorture.nested_locks= [KNL]
3049                         Specify the maximum lock nesting depth that
3050                         locktorture is to exercise, up to a limit of 8
3051                         (MAX_NESTED_LOCKS).  Specify zero to disable.
3052                         Note that this parameter is ineffective on types
3053                         of locks that do not support nested acquisition.
3054 
3055         locktorture.nreaders_stress= [KNL]
3056                         Set the number of locking read-acquisition kthreads.
3057                         Defaults to being automatically set based on the
3058                         number of online CPUs.
3059 
3060         locktorture.nwriters_stress= [KNL]
3061                         Set the number of locking write-acquisition kthreads.
3062 
3063         locktorture.onoff_holdoff= [KNL]
3064                         Set time (s) after boot for CPU-hotplug testing.
3065 
3066         locktorture.onoff_interval= [KNL]
3067                         Set time (s) between CPU-hotplug operations, or
3068                         zero to disable CPU-hotplug testing.
3069 
3070         locktorture.rt_boost= [KNL]
3071                         Do periodic testing of real-time lock priority
3072                         boosting.  Select 0 to disable, 1 to boost
3073                         only rt_mutex, and 2 to boost unconditionally.
3074                         Defaults to 2, which might seem to be an
3075                         odd choice, but which should be harmless for
3076                         non-real-time spinlocks, due to their disabling
3077                         of preemption.  Note that non-realtime mutexes
3078                         disable boosting.
3079 
3080         locktorture.rt_boost_factor= [KNL]
3081                         Number that determines how often and for how
3082                         long priority boosting is exercised.  This is
3083                         scaled down by the number of writers, so that the
3084                         number of boosts per unit time remains roughly
3085                         constant as the number of writers increases.
3086                         On the other hand, the duration of each boost
3087                         increases with the number of writers.
3088 
3089         locktorture.shuffle_interval= [KNL]
3090                         Set task-shuffle interval (jiffies).  Shuffling
3091                         tasks allows some CPUs to go into dyntick-idle
3092                         mode during the locktorture test.
3093 
3094         locktorture.shutdown_secs= [KNL]
3095                         Set time (s) after boot system shutdown.  This
3096                         is useful for hands-off automated testing.
3097 
3098         locktorture.stat_interval= [KNL]
3099                         Time (s) between statistics printk()s.
3100 
3101         locktorture.stutter= [KNL]
3102                         Time (s) to stutter testing, for example,
3103                         specifying five seconds causes the test to run for
3104                         five seconds, wait for five seconds, and so on.
3105                         This tests the locking primitive's ability to
3106                         transition abruptly to and from idle.
3107 
3108         locktorture.torture_type= [KNL]
3109                         Specify the locking implementation to test.
3110 
3111         locktorture.verbose= [KNL]
3112                         Enable additional printk() statements.
3113 
3114         locktorture.writer_fifo= [KNL]
3115                         Run the write-side locktorture kthreads at
3116                         sched_set_fifo() real-time priority.
3117 
3118         logibm.irq=     [HW,MOUSE] Logitech Bus Mouse Driver
3119                         Format: <irq>
3120 
3121         loglevel=       [KNL,EARLY]
3122                         All Kernel Messages with a loglevel smaller than the
3123                         console loglevel will be printed to the console. It can
3124                         also be changed with klogd or other programs. The
3125                         loglevels are defined as follows:
3126 
3127                         0 (KERN_EMERG)          system is unusable
3128                         1 (KERN_ALERT)          action must be taken immediately
3129                         2 (KERN_CRIT)           critical conditions
3130                         3 (KERN_ERR)            error conditions
3131                         4 (KERN_WARNING)        warning conditions
3132                         5 (KERN_NOTICE)         normal but significant condition
3133                         6 (KERN_INFO)           informational
3134                         7 (KERN_DEBUG)          debug-level messages
3135 
3136         log_buf_len=n[KMG] [KNL,EARLY]
3137                         Sets the size of the printk ring buffer, in bytes.
3138                         n must be a power of two and greater than the
3139                         minimal size. The minimal size is defined by
3140                         LOG_BUF_SHIFT kernel config parameter. There
3141                         is also CONFIG_LOG_CPU_MAX_BUF_SHIFT config
3142                         parameter that allows to increase the default size
3143                         depending on the number of CPUs. See init/Kconfig
3144                         for more details.
3145 
3146         logo.nologo     [FB] Disables display of the built-in Linux logo.
3147                         This may be used to provide more screen space for
3148                         kernel log messages and is useful when debugging
3149                         kernel boot problems.
3150 
3151         lp=0            [LP]    Specify parallel ports to use, e.g,
3152         lp=port[,port...]       lp=none,parport0 (lp0 not configured, lp1 uses
3153         lp=reset                first parallel port). 'lp=0' disables the
3154         lp=auto                 printer driver. 'lp=reset' (which can be
3155                                 specified in addition to the ports) causes
3156                                 attached printers to be reset. Using
3157                                 lp=port1,port2,... specifies the parallel ports
3158                                 to associate lp devices with, starting with
3159                                 lp0. A port specification may be 'none' to skip
3160                                 that lp device, or a parport name such as
3161                                 'parport0'. Specifying 'lp=auto' instead of a
3162                                 port specification list means that device IDs
3163                                 from each port should be examined, to see if
3164                                 an IEEE 1284-compliant printer is attached; if
3165                                 so, the driver will manage that printer.
3166                                 See also header of drivers/char/lp.c.
3167 
3168         lpj=n           [KNL]
3169                         Sets loops_per_jiffy to given constant, thus avoiding
3170                         time-consuming boot-time autodetection (up to 250 ms per
3171                         CPU). 0 enables autodetection (default). To determine
3172                         the correct value for your kernel, boot with normal
3173                         autodetection and see what value is printed. Note that
3174                         on SMP systems the preset will be applied to all CPUs,
3175                         which is likely to cause problems if your CPUs need
3176                         significantly divergent settings. An incorrect value
3177                         will cause delays in the kernel to be wrong, leading to
3178                         unpredictable I/O errors and other breakage. Although
3179                         unlikely, in the extreme case this might damage your
3180                         hardware.
3181 
3182         lsm.debug       [SECURITY] Enable LSM initialization debugging output.
3183 
3184         lsm=lsm1,...,lsmN
3185                         [SECURITY] Choose order of LSM initialization. This
3186                         overrides CONFIG_LSM, and the "security=" parameter.
3187 
3188         machtype=       [Loongson] Share the same kernel image file between
3189                         different yeeloong laptops.
3190                         Example: machtype=lemote-yeeloong-2f-7inch
3191 
3192         maxcpus=        [SMP,EARLY] Maximum number of processors that an SMP kernel
3193                         will bring up during bootup.  maxcpus=n : n >= 0 limits
3194                         the kernel to bring up 'n' processors. Surely after
3195                         bootup you can bring up the other plugged cpu by executing
3196                         "echo 1 > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/online". So maxcpus
3197                         only takes effect during system bootup.
3198                         While n=0 is a special case, it is equivalent to "nosmp",
3199                         which also disables the IO APIC.
3200 
3201         max_loop=       [LOOP] The number of loop block devices that get
3202         (loop.max_loop) unconditionally pre-created at init time. The default
3203                         number is configured by BLK_DEV_LOOP_MIN_COUNT. Instead
3204                         of statically allocating a predefined number, loop
3205                         devices can be requested on-demand with the
3206                         /dev/loop-control interface.
3207 
3208         mce             [X86-32] Machine Check Exception
3209 
3210         mce=option      [X86-64] See Documentation/arch/x86/x86_64/boot-options.rst
3211 
3212         md=             [HW] RAID subsystems devices and level
3213                         See Documentation/admin-guide/md.rst.
3214 
3215         mdacon=         [MDA]
3216                         Format: <first>,<last>
3217                         Specifies range of consoles to be captured by the MDA.
3218 
3219         mds=            [X86,INTEL,EARLY]
3220                         Control mitigation for the Micro-architectural Data
3221                         Sampling (MDS) vulnerability.
3222 
3223                         Certain CPUs are vulnerable to an exploit against CPU
3224                         internal buffers which can forward information to a
3225                         disclosure gadget under certain conditions.
3226 
3227                         In vulnerable processors, the speculatively
3228                         forwarded data can be used in a cache side channel
3229                         attack, to access data to which the attacker does
3230                         not have direct access.
3231 
3232                         This parameter controls the MDS mitigation. The
3233                         options are:
3234 
3235                         full       - Enable MDS mitigation on vulnerable CPUs
3236                         full,nosmt - Enable MDS mitigation and disable
3237                                      SMT on vulnerable CPUs
3238                         off        - Unconditionally disable MDS mitigation
3239 
3240                         On TAA-affected machines, mds=off can be prevented by
3241                         an active TAA mitigation as both vulnerabilities are
3242                         mitigated with the same mechanism so in order to disable
3243                         this mitigation, you need to specify tsx_async_abort=off
3244                         too.
3245 
3246                         Not specifying this option is equivalent to
3247                         mds=full.
3248 
3249                         For details see: Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/mds.rst
3250 
3251         mem=nn[KMG]     [HEXAGON,EARLY] Set the memory size.
3252                         Must be specified, otherwise memory size will be 0.
3253 
3254         mem=nn[KMG]     [KNL,BOOT,EARLY] Force usage of a specific amount
3255                         of memory Amount of memory to be used in cases
3256                         as follows:
3257 
3258                         1 for test;
3259                         2 when the kernel is not able to see the whole system memory;
3260                         3 memory that lies after 'mem=' boundary is excluded from
3261                          the hypervisor, then assigned to KVM guests.
3262                         4 to limit the memory available for kdump kernel.
3263 
3264                         [ARC,MICROBLAZE] - the limit applies only to low memory,
3265                         high memory is not affected.
3266 
3267                         [ARM64] - only limits memory covered by the linear
3268                         mapping. The NOMAP regions are not affected.
3269 
3270                         [X86] Work as limiting max address. Use together
3271                         with memmap= to avoid physical address space collisions.
3272                         Without memmap= PCI devices could be placed at addresses
3273                         belonging to unused RAM.
3274 
3275                         Note that this only takes effects during boot time since
3276                         in above case 3, memory may need be hot added after boot
3277                         if system memory of hypervisor is not sufficient.
3278 
3279         mem=nn[KMG]@ss[KMG]
3280                         [ARM,MIPS,EARLY] - override the memory layout
3281                         reported by firmware.
3282                         Define a memory region of size nn[KMG] starting at
3283                         ss[KMG].
3284                         Multiple different regions can be specified with
3285                         multiple mem= parameters on the command line.
3286 
3287         mem=nopentium   [BUGS=X86-32] Disable usage of 4MB pages for kernel
3288                         memory.
3289 
3290         memblock=debug  [KNL,EARLY] Enable memblock debug messages.
3291 
3292         memchunk=nn[KMG]
3293                         [KNL,SH] Allow user to override the default size for
3294                         per-device physically contiguous DMA buffers.
3295 
3296         memhp_default_state=online/offline/online_kernel/online_movable
3297                         [KNL] Set the initial state for the memory hotplug
3298                         onlining policy. If not specified, the default value is
3299                         set according to the
3300                         CONFIG_MEMORY_HOTPLUG_DEFAULT_ONLINE kernel config
3301                         option.
3302                         See Documentation/admin-guide/mm/memory-hotplug.rst.
3303 
3304         memmap=exactmap [KNL,X86,EARLY] Enable setting of an exact
3305                         E820 memory map, as specified by the user.
3306                         Such memmap=exactmap lines can be constructed based on
3307                         BIOS output or other requirements. See the memmap=nn@ss
3308                         option description.
3309 
3310         memmap=nn[KMG]@ss[KMG]
3311                         [KNL, X86,MIPS,XTENSA,EARLY] Force usage of a specific region of memory.
3312                         Region of memory to be used is from ss to ss+nn.
3313                         If @ss[KMG] is omitted, it is equivalent to mem=nn[KMG],
3314                         which limits max address to nn[KMG].
3315                         Multiple different regions can be specified,
3316                         comma delimited.
3317                         Example:
3318                                 memmap=100M@2G,100M#3G,1G!1024G
3319 
3320         memmap=nn[KMG]#ss[KMG]
3321                         [KNL,ACPI,EARLY] Mark specific memory as ACPI data.
3322                         Region of memory to be marked is from ss to ss+nn.
3323 
3324         memmap=nn[KMG]$ss[KMG]
3325                         [KNL,ACPI,EARLY] Mark specific memory as reserved.
3326                         Region of memory to be reserved is from ss to ss+nn.
3327                         Example: Exclude memory from 0x18690000-0x1869ffff
3328                                  memmap=64K$0x18690000
3329                                  or
3330                                  memmap=0x10000$0x18690000
3331                         Some bootloaders may need an escape character before '$',
3332                         like Grub2, otherwise '$' and the following number
3333                         will be eaten.
3334 
3335         memmap=nn[KMG]!ss[KMG,EARLY]
3336                         [KNL,X86] Mark specific memory as protected.
3337                         Region of memory to be used, from ss to ss+nn.
3338                         The memory region may be marked as e820 type 12 (0xc)
3339                         and is NVDIMM or ADR memory.
3340 
3341         memmap=<size>%<offset>-<oldtype>+<newtype>
3342                         [KNL,ACPI,EARLY] Convert memory within the specified region
3343                         from <oldtype> to <newtype>. If "-<oldtype>" is left
3344                         out, the whole region will be marked as <newtype>,
3345                         even if previously unavailable. If "+<newtype>" is left
3346                         out, matching memory will be removed. Types are
3347                         specified as e820 types, e.g., 1 = RAM, 2 = reserved,
3348                         3 = ACPI, 12 = PRAM.
3349 
3350         memory_corruption_check=0/1 [X86,EARLY]
3351                         Some BIOSes seem to corrupt the first 64k of
3352                         memory when doing things like suspend/resume.
3353                         Setting this option will scan the memory
3354                         looking for corruption.  Enabling this will
3355                         both detect corruption and prevent the kernel
3356                         from using the memory being corrupted.
3357                         However, its intended as a diagnostic tool; if
3358                         repeatable BIOS-originated corruption always
3359                         affects the same memory, you can use memmap=
3360                         to prevent the kernel from using that memory.
3361 
3362         memory_corruption_check_size=size [X86,EARLY]
3363                         By default it checks for corruption in the low
3364                         64k, making this memory unavailable for normal
3365                         use.  Use this parameter to scan for
3366                         corruption in more or less memory.
3367 
3368         memory_corruption_check_period=seconds [X86,EARLY]
3369                         By default it checks for corruption every 60
3370                         seconds.  Use this parameter to check at some
3371                         other rate.  0 disables periodic checking.
3372 
3373         memory_hotplug.memmap_on_memory
3374                         [KNL,X86,ARM] Boolean flag to enable this feature.
3375                         Format: {on | off (default)}
3376                         When enabled, runtime hotplugged memory will
3377                         allocate its internal metadata (struct pages,
3378                         those vmemmap pages cannot be optimized even
3379                         if hugetlb_free_vmemmap is enabled) from the
3380                         hotadded memory which will allow to hotadd a
3381                         lot of memory without requiring additional
3382                         memory to do so.
3383                         This feature is disabled by default because it
3384                         has some implication on large (e.g. GB)
3385                         allocations in some configurations (e.g. small
3386                         memory blocks).
3387                         The state of the flag can be read in
3388                         /sys/module/memory_hotplug/parameters/memmap_on_memory.
3389                         Note that even when enabled, there are a few cases where
3390                         the feature is not effective.
3391 
3392         memtest=        [KNL,X86,ARM,M68K,PPC,RISCV,EARLY] Enable memtest
3393                         Format: <integer>
3394                         default : 0 <disable>
3395                         Specifies the number of memtest passes to be
3396                         performed. Each pass selects another test
3397                         pattern from a given set of patterns. Memtest
3398                         fills the memory with this pattern, validates
3399                         memory contents and reserves bad memory
3400                         regions that are detected.
3401 
3402         mem_encrypt=    [X86-64] AMD Secure Memory Encryption (SME) control
3403                         Valid arguments: on, off
3404                         Default: off
3405                         mem_encrypt=on:         Activate SME
3406                         mem_encrypt=off:        Do not activate SME
3407 
3408                         Refer to Documentation/virt/kvm/x86/amd-memory-encryption.rst
3409                         for details on when memory encryption can be activated.
3410 
3411         mem_sleep_default=      [SUSPEND] Default system suspend mode:
3412                         s2idle  - Suspend-To-Idle
3413                         shallow - Power-On Suspend or equivalent (if supported)
3414                         deep    - Suspend-To-RAM or equivalent (if supported)
3415                         See Documentation/admin-guide/pm/sleep-states.rst.
3416 
3417         mfgptfix        [X86-32] Fix MFGPT timers on AMD Geode platforms when
3418                         the BIOS has incorrectly applied a workaround. TinyBIOS
3419                         version 0.98 is known to be affected, 0.99 fixes the
3420                         problem by letting the user disable the workaround.
3421 
3422         mga=            [HW,DRM]
3423 
3424         microcode.force_minrev= [X86]
3425                         Format: <bool>
3426                         Enable or disable the microcode minimal revision
3427                         enforcement for the runtime microcode loader.
3428 
3429         mini2440=       [ARM,HW,KNL]
3430                         Format:[0..2][b][c][t]
3431                         Default: "0tb"
3432                         MINI2440 configuration specification:
3433                         0 - The attached screen is the 3.5" TFT
3434                         1 - The attached screen is the 7" TFT
3435                         2 - The VGA Shield is attached (1024x768)
3436                         Leaving out the screen size parameter will not load
3437                         the TFT driver, and the framebuffer will be left
3438                         unconfigured.
3439                         b - Enable backlight. The TFT backlight pin will be
3440                         linked to the kernel VESA blanking code and a GPIO
3441                         LED. This parameter is not necessary when using the
3442                         VGA shield.
3443                         c - Enable the s3c camera interface.
3444                         t - Reserved for enabling touchscreen support. The
3445                         touchscreen support is not enabled in the mainstream
3446                         kernel as of 2.6.30, a preliminary port can be found
3447                         in the "bleeding edge" mini2440 support kernel at
3448                         https://repo.or.cz/w/linux-2.6/mini2440.git
3449 
3450         mitigations=
3451                         [X86,PPC,S390,ARM64,EARLY] Control optional mitigations for
3452                         CPU vulnerabilities.  This is a set of curated,
3453                         arch-independent options, each of which is an
3454                         aggregation of existing arch-specific options.
3455 
3456                         Note, "mitigations" is supported if and only if the
3457                         kernel was built with CPU_MITIGATIONS=y.
3458 
3459                         off
3460                                 Disable all optional CPU mitigations.  This
3461                                 improves system performance, but it may also
3462                                 expose users to several CPU vulnerabilities.
3463                                 Equivalent to: if nokaslr then kpti=0 [ARM64]
3464                                                gather_data_sampling=off [X86]
3465                                                kvm.nx_huge_pages=off [X86]
3466                                                l1tf=off [X86]
3467                                                mds=off [X86]
3468                                                mmio_stale_data=off [X86]
3469                                                no_entry_flush [PPC]
3470                                                no_uaccess_flush [PPC]
3471                                                nobp=0 [S390]
3472                                                nopti [X86,PPC]
3473                                                nospectre_bhb [ARM64]
3474                                                nospectre_v1 [X86,PPC]
3475                                                nospectre_v2 [X86,PPC,S390,ARM64]
3476                                                reg_file_data_sampling=off [X86]
3477                                                retbleed=off [X86]
3478                                                spec_rstack_overflow=off [X86]
3479                                                spec_store_bypass_disable=off [X86,PPC]
3480                                                spectre_bhi=off [X86]
3481                                                spectre_v2_user=off [X86]
3482                                                srbds=off [X86,INTEL]
3483                                                ssbd=force-off [ARM64]
3484                                                tsx_async_abort=off [X86]
3485 
3486                                 Exceptions:
3487                                                This does not have any effect on
3488                                                kvm.nx_huge_pages when
3489                                                kvm.nx_huge_pages=force.
3490 
3491                         auto (default)
3492                                 Mitigate all CPU vulnerabilities, but leave SMT
3493                                 enabled, even if it's vulnerable.  This is for
3494                                 users who don't want to be surprised by SMT
3495                                 getting disabled across kernel upgrades, or who
3496                                 have other ways of avoiding SMT-based attacks.
3497                                 Equivalent to: (default behavior)
3498 
3499                         auto,nosmt
3500                                 Mitigate all CPU vulnerabilities, disabling SMT
3501                                 if needed.  This is for users who always want to
3502                                 be fully mitigated, even if it means losing SMT.
3503                                 Equivalent to: l1tf=flush,nosmt [X86]
3504                                                mds=full,nosmt [X86]
3505                                                tsx_async_abort=full,nosmt [X86]
3506                                                mmio_stale_data=full,nosmt [X86]
3507                                                retbleed=auto,nosmt [X86]
3508 
3509         mminit_loglevel=
3510                         [KNL,EARLY] When CONFIG_DEBUG_MEMORY_INIT is set, this
3511                         parameter allows control of the logging verbosity for
3512                         the additional memory initialisation checks. A value
3513                         of 0 disables mminit logging and a level of 4 will
3514                         log everything. Information is printed at KERN_DEBUG
3515                         so loglevel=8 may also need to be specified.
3516 
3517         mmio_stale_data=
3518                         [X86,INTEL,EARLY] Control mitigation for the Processor
3519                         MMIO Stale Data vulnerabilities.
3520 
3521                         Processor MMIO Stale Data is a class of
3522                         vulnerabilities that may expose data after an MMIO
3523                         operation. Exposed data could originate or end in
3524                         the same CPU buffers as affected by MDS and TAA.
3525                         Therefore, similar to MDS and TAA, the mitigation
3526                         is to clear the affected CPU buffers.
3527 
3528                         This parameter controls the mitigation. The
3529                         options are:
3530 
3531                         full       - Enable mitigation on vulnerable CPUs
3532 
3533                         full,nosmt - Enable mitigation and disable SMT on
3534                                      vulnerable CPUs.
3535 
3536                         off        - Unconditionally disable mitigation
3537 
3538                         On MDS or TAA affected machines,
3539                         mmio_stale_data=off can be prevented by an active
3540                         MDS or TAA mitigation as these vulnerabilities are
3541                         mitigated with the same mechanism so in order to
3542                         disable this mitigation, you need to specify
3543                         mds=off and tsx_async_abort=off too.
3544 
3545                         Not specifying this option is equivalent to
3546                         mmio_stale_data=full.
3547 
3548                         For details see:
3549                         Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/processor_mmio_stale_data.rst
3550 
3551         <module>.async_probe[=<bool>] [KNL]
3552                         If no <bool> value is specified or if the value
3553                         specified is not a valid <bool>, enable asynchronous
3554                         probe on this module.  Otherwise, enable/disable
3555                         asynchronous probe on this module as indicated by the
3556                         <bool> value. See also: module.async_probe
3557 
3558         module.async_probe=<bool>
3559                         [KNL] When set to true, modules will use async probing
3560                         by default. To enable/disable async probing for a
3561                         specific module, use the module specific control that
3562                         is documented under <module>.async_probe. When both
3563                         module.async_probe and <module>.async_probe are
3564                         specified, <module>.async_probe takes precedence for
3565                         the specific module.
3566 
3567         module.enable_dups_trace
3568                         [KNL] When CONFIG_MODULE_DEBUG_AUTOLOAD_DUPS is set,
3569                         this means that duplicate request_module() calls will
3570                         trigger a WARN_ON() instead of a pr_warn(). Note that
3571                         if MODULE_DEBUG_AUTOLOAD_DUPS_TRACE is set, WARN_ON()s
3572                         will always be issued and this option does nothing.
3573         module.sig_enforce
3574                         [KNL] When CONFIG_MODULE_SIG is set, this means that
3575                         modules without (valid) signatures will fail to load.
3576                         Note that if CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_FORCE is set, that
3577                         is always true, so this option does nothing.
3578 
3579         module_blacklist=  [KNL] Do not load a comma-separated list of
3580                         modules.  Useful for debugging problem modules.
3581 
3582         mousedev.tap_time=
3583                         [MOUSE] Maximum time between finger touching and
3584                         leaving touchpad surface for touch to be considered
3585                         a tap and be reported as a left button click (for
3586                         touchpads working in absolute mode only).
3587                         Format: <msecs>
3588         mousedev.xres=  [MOUSE] Horizontal screen resolution, used for devices
3589                         reporting absolute coordinates, such as tablets
3590         mousedev.yres=  [MOUSE] Vertical screen resolution, used for devices
3591                         reporting absolute coordinates, such as tablets
3592 
3593         movablecore=    [KNL,X86,PPC,EARLY]
3594                         Format: nn[KMGTPE] | nn%
3595                         This parameter is the complement to kernelcore=, it
3596                         specifies the amount of memory used for migratable
3597                         allocations.  If both kernelcore and movablecore is
3598                         specified, then kernelcore will be at *least* the
3599                         specified value but may be more.  If movablecore on its
3600                         own is specified, the administrator must be careful
3601                         that the amount of memory usable for all allocations
3602                         is not too small.
3603 
3604         movable_node    [KNL,EARLY] Boot-time switch to make hotplugable memory
3605                         NUMA nodes to be movable. This means that the memory
3606                         of such nodes will be usable only for movable
3607                         allocations which rules out almost all kernel
3608                         allocations. Use with caution!
3609 
3610         MTD_Partition=  [MTD]
3611                         Format: <name>,<region-number>,<size>,<offset>
3612 
3613         MTD_Region=     [MTD] Format:
3614                         <name>,<region-number>[,<base>,<size>,<buswidth>,<altbuswidth>]
3615 
3616         mtdparts=       [MTD]
3617                         See drivers/mtd/parsers/cmdlinepart.c
3618 
3619         mtouchusb.raw_coordinates=
3620                         [HW] Make the MicroTouch USB driver use raw coordinates
3621                         ('y', default) or cooked coordinates ('n')
3622 
3623         mtrr=debug      [X86,EARLY]
3624                         Enable printing debug information related to MTRR
3625                         registers at boot time.
3626 
3627         mtrr_chunk_size=nn[KMG,X86,EARLY]
3628                         used for mtrr cleanup. It is largest continuous chunk
3629                         that could hold holes aka. UC entries.
3630 
3631         mtrr_gran_size=nn[KMG,X86,EARLY]
3632                         Used for mtrr cleanup. It is granularity of mtrr block.
3633                         Default is 1.
3634                         Large value could prevent small alignment from
3635                         using up MTRRs.
3636 
3637         mtrr_spare_reg_nr=n [X86,EARLY]
3638                         Format: <integer>
3639                         Range: 0,7 : spare reg number
3640                         Default : 1
3641                         Used for mtrr cleanup. It is spare mtrr entries number.
3642                         Set to 2 or more if your graphical card needs more.
3643 
3644         multitce=off    [PPC]  This parameter disables the use of the pSeries
3645                         firmware feature for updating multiple TCE entries
3646                         at a time.
3647 
3648         n2=             [NET] SDL Inc. RISCom/N2 synchronous serial card
3649 
3650         netdev=         [NET] Network devices parameters
3651                         Format: <irq>,<io>,<mem_start>,<mem_end>,<name>
3652                         Note that mem_start is often overloaded to mean
3653                         something different and driver-specific.
3654                         This usage is only documented in each driver source
3655                         file if at all.
3656 
3657         netpoll.carrier_timeout=
3658                         [NET] Specifies amount of time (in seconds) that
3659                         netpoll should wait for a carrier. By default netpoll
3660                         waits 4 seconds.
3661 
3662         nf_conntrack.acct=
3663                         [NETFILTER] Enable connection tracking flow accounting
3664                         0 to disable accounting
3665                         1 to enable accounting
3666                         Default value is 0.
3667 
3668         nfs.cache_getent=
3669                         [NFS] sets the pathname to the program which is used
3670                         to update the NFS client cache entries.
3671 
3672         nfs.cache_getent_timeout=
3673                         [NFS] sets the timeout after which an attempt to
3674                         update a cache entry is deemed to have failed.
3675 
3676         nfs.callback_nr_threads=
3677                         [NFSv4] set the total number of threads that the
3678                         NFS client will assign to service NFSv4 callback
3679                         requests.
3680 
3681         nfs.callback_tcpport=
3682                         [NFS] set the TCP port on which the NFSv4 callback
3683                         channel should listen.
3684 
3685         nfs.delay_retrans=
3686                         [NFS] specifies the number of times the NFSv4 client
3687                         retries the request before returning an EAGAIN error,
3688                         after a reply of NFS4ERR_DELAY from the server.
3689                         Only applies if the softerr mount option is enabled,
3690                         and the specified value is >= 0.
3691 
3692         nfs.enable_ino64=
3693                         [NFS] enable 64-bit inode numbers.
3694                         If zero, the NFS client will fake up a 32-bit inode
3695                         number for the readdir() and stat() syscalls instead
3696                         of returning the full 64-bit number.
3697                         The default is to return 64-bit inode numbers.
3698 
3699         nfs.idmap_cache_timeout=
3700                         [NFS] set the maximum lifetime for idmapper cache
3701                         entries.
3702 
3703         nfs.max_session_cb_slots=
3704                         [NFSv4.1] Sets the maximum number of session
3705                         slots the client will assign to the callback
3706                         channel. This determines the maximum number of
3707                         callbacks the client will process in parallel for
3708                         a particular server.
3709 
3710         nfs.max_session_slots=
3711                         [NFSv4.1] Sets the maximum number of session slots
3712                         the client will attempt to negotiate with the server.
3713                         This limits the number of simultaneous RPC requests
3714                         that the client can send to the NFSv4.1 server.
3715                         Note that there is little point in setting this
3716                         value higher than the max_tcp_slot_table_limit.
3717 
3718         nfs.nfs4_disable_idmapping=
3719                         [NFSv4] When set to the default of '1', this option
3720                         ensures that both the RPC level authentication
3721                         scheme and the NFS level operations agree to use
3722                         numeric uids/gids if the mount is using the
3723                         'sec=sys' security flavour. In effect it is
3724                         disabling idmapping, which can make migration from
3725                         legacy NFSv2/v3 systems to NFSv4 easier.
3726                         Servers that do not support this mode of operation
3727                         will be autodetected by the client, and it will fall
3728                         back to using the idmapper.
3729                         To turn off this behaviour, set the value to '0'.
3730 
3731         nfs.nfs4_unique_id=
3732                         [NFS4] Specify an additional fixed unique ident-
3733                         ification string that NFSv4 clients can insert into
3734                         their nfs_client_id4 string.  This is typically a
3735                         UUID that is generated at system install time.
3736 
3737         nfs.recover_lost_locks=
3738                         [NFSv4] Attempt to recover locks that were lost due
3739                         to a lease timeout on the server. Please note that
3740                         doing this risks data corruption, since there are
3741                         no guarantees that the file will remain unchanged
3742                         after the locks are lost.
3743                         If you want to enable the kernel legacy behaviour of
3744                         attempting to recover these locks, then set this
3745                         parameter to '1'.
3746                         The default parameter value of '0' causes the kernel
3747                         not to attempt recovery of lost locks.
3748 
3749         nfs.send_implementation_id=
3750                         [NFSv4.1] Send client implementation identification
3751                         information in exchange_id requests.
3752                         If zero, no implementation identification information
3753                         will be sent.
3754                         The default is to send the implementation identification
3755                         information.
3756 
3757         nfs4.layoutstats_timer=
3758                         [NFSv4.2] Change the rate at which the kernel sends
3759                         layoutstats to the pNFS metadata server.
3760 
3761                         Setting this to value to 0 causes the kernel to use
3762                         whatever value is the default set by the layout
3763                         driver. A non-zero value sets the minimum interval
3764                         in seconds between layoutstats transmissions.
3765 
3766         nfsd.inter_copy_offload_enable=
3767                         [NFSv4.2] When set to 1, the server will support
3768                         server-to-server copies for which this server is
3769                         the destination of the copy.
3770 
3771         nfsd.nfs4_disable_idmapping=
3772                         [NFSv4] When set to the default of '1', the NFSv4
3773                         server will return only numeric uids and gids to
3774                         clients using auth_sys, and will accept numeric uids
3775                         and gids from such clients.  This is intended to ease
3776                         migration from NFSv2/v3.
3777 
3778         nfsd.nfsd4_ssc_umount_timeout=
3779                         [NFSv4.2] When used as the destination of a
3780                         server-to-server copy, knfsd temporarily mounts
3781                         the source server.  It caches the mount in case
3782                         it will be needed again, and discards it if not
3783                         used for the number of milliseconds specified by
3784                         this parameter.
3785 
3786         nfsaddrs=       [NFS] Deprecated.  Use ip= instead.
3787                         See Documentation/admin-guide/nfs/nfsroot.rst.
3788 
3789         nfsroot=        [NFS] nfs root filesystem for disk-less boxes.
3790                         See Documentation/admin-guide/nfs/nfsroot.rst.
3791 
3792         nfsrootdebug    [NFS] enable nfsroot debugging messages.
3793                         See Documentation/admin-guide/nfs/nfsroot.rst.
3794 
3795         nmi_backtrace.backtrace_idle [KNL]
3796                         Dump stacks even of idle CPUs in response to an
3797                         NMI stack-backtrace request.
3798 
3799         nmi_debug=      [KNL,SH] Specify one or more actions to take
3800                         when a NMI is triggered.
3801                         Format: [state][,regs][,debounce][,die]
3802 
3803         nmi_watchdog=   [KNL,BUGS=X86] Debugging features for SMP kernels
3804                         Format: [panic,][nopanic,][rNNN,][num]
3805                         Valid num: 0 or 1
3806                         0 - turn hardlockup detector in nmi_watchdog off
3807                         1 - turn hardlockup detector in nmi_watchdog on
3808                         rNNN - configure the watchdog with raw perf event 0xNNN
3809 
3810                         When panic is specified, panic when an NMI watchdog
3811                         timeout occurs (or 'nopanic' to not panic on an NMI
3812                         watchdog, if CONFIG_BOOTPARAM_HARDLOCKUP_PANIC is set)
3813                         To disable both hard and soft lockup detectors,
3814                         please see 'nowatchdog'.
3815                         This is useful when you use a panic=... timeout and
3816                         need the box quickly up again.
3817 
3818                         These settings can be accessed at runtime via
3819                         the nmi_watchdog and hardlockup_panic sysctls.
3820 
3821         no387           [BUGS=X86-32] Tells the kernel to use the 387 maths
3822                         emulation library even if a 387 maths coprocessor
3823                         is present.
3824 
3825         no4lvl          [RISCV,EARLY] Disable 4-level and 5-level paging modes.
3826                         Forces kernel to use 3-level paging instead.
3827 
3828         no5lvl          [X86-64,RISCV,EARLY] Disable 5-level paging mode. Forces
3829                         kernel to use 4-level paging instead.
3830 
3831         noalign         [KNL,ARM]
3832 
3833         noapic          [SMP,APIC,EARLY] Tells the kernel to not make use of any
3834                         IOAPICs that may be present in the system.
3835 
3836         noautogroup     Disable scheduler automatic task group creation.
3837 
3838         nocache         [ARM,EARLY]
3839 
3840         no_console_suspend
3841                         [HW] Never suspend the console
3842                         Disable suspending of consoles during suspend and
3843                         hibernate operations.  Once disabled, debugging
3844                         messages can reach various consoles while the rest
3845                         of the system is being put to sleep (ie, while
3846                         debugging driver suspend/resume hooks).  This may
3847                         not work reliably with all consoles, but is known
3848                         to work with serial and VGA consoles.
3849                         To facilitate more flexible debugging, we also add
3850                         console_suspend, a printk module parameter to control
3851                         it. Users could use console_suspend (usually
3852                         /sys/module/printk/parameters/console_suspend) to
3853                         turn on/off it dynamically.
3854 
3855         no_debug_objects
3856                         [KNL,EARLY] Disable object debugging
3857 
3858         nodsp           [SH] Disable hardware DSP at boot time.
3859 
3860         noefi           [EFI,EARLY] Disable EFI runtime services support.
3861 
3862         no_entry_flush  [PPC,EARLY] Don't flush the L1-D cache when entering the kernel.
3863 
3864         noexec32        [X86-64]
3865                         This affects only 32-bit executables.
3866                         noexec32=on: enable non-executable mappings (default)
3867                                 read doesn't imply executable mappings
3868                         noexec32=off: disable non-executable mappings
3869                                 read implies executable mappings
3870 
3871         no_file_caps    Tells the kernel not to honor file capabilities.  The
3872                         only way then for a file to be executed with privilege
3873                         is to be setuid root or executed by root.
3874 
3875         nofpu           [MIPS,SH] Disable hardware FPU at boot time.
3876 
3877         nofsgsbase      [X86] Disables FSGSBASE instructions.
3878 
3879         nofxsr          [BUGS=X86-32] Disables x86 floating point extended
3880                         register save and restore. The kernel will only save
3881                         legacy floating-point registers on task switch.
3882 
3883         no_hash_pointers
3884                         [KNL,EARLY]
3885                         Force pointers printed to the console or buffers to be
3886                         unhashed.  By default, when a pointer is printed via %p
3887                         format string, that pointer is "hashed", i.e. obscured
3888                         by hashing the pointer value.  This is a security feature
3889                         that hides actual kernel addresses from unprivileged
3890                         users, but it also makes debugging the kernel more
3891                         difficult since unequal pointers can no longer be
3892                         compared.  However, if this command-line option is
3893                         specified, then all normal pointers will have their true
3894                         value printed. This option should only be specified when
3895                         debugging the kernel.  Please do not use on production
3896                         kernels.
3897 
3898         nohibernate     [HIBERNATION] Disable hibernation and resume.
3899 
3900         nohlt           [ARM,ARM64,MICROBLAZE,MIPS,PPC,RISCV,SH] Forces the kernel to
3901                         busy wait in do_idle() and not use the arch_cpu_idle()
3902                         implementation; requires CONFIG_GENERIC_IDLE_POLL_SETUP
3903                         to be effective. This is useful on platforms where the
3904                         sleep(SH) or wfi(ARM,ARM64) instructions do not work
3905                         correctly or when doing power measurements to evaluate
3906                         the impact of the sleep instructions. This is also
3907                         useful when using JTAG debugger.
3908 
3909         nohugeiomap     [KNL,X86,PPC,ARM64,EARLY] Disable kernel huge I/O mappings.
3910 
3911         nohugevmalloc   [KNL,X86,PPC,ARM64,EARLY] Disable kernel huge vmalloc mappings.
3912 
3913         nohz=           [KNL] Boottime enable/disable dynamic ticks
3914                         Valid arguments: on, off
3915                         Default: on
3916 
3917         nohz_full=      [KNL,BOOT,SMP,ISOL]
3918                         The argument is a cpu list, as described above.
3919                         In kernels built with CONFIG_NO_HZ_FULL=y, set
3920                         the specified list of CPUs whose tick will be stopped
3921                         whenever possible. The boot CPU will be forced outside
3922                         the range to maintain the timekeeping.  Any CPUs
3923                         in this list will have their RCU callbacks offloaded,
3924                         just as if they had also been called out in the
3925                         rcu_nocbs= boot parameter.
3926 
3927                         Note that this argument takes precedence over
3928                         the CONFIG_RCU_NOCB_CPU_DEFAULT_ALL option.
3929 
3930         noinitrd        [RAM] Tells the kernel not to load any configured
3931                         initial RAM disk.
3932 
3933         nointremap      [X86-64,Intel-IOMMU,EARLY] Do not enable interrupt
3934                         remapping.
3935                         [Deprecated - use intremap=off]
3936 
3937         noinvpcid       [X86,EARLY] Disable the INVPCID cpu feature.
3938 
3939         noiotrap        [SH] Disables trapped I/O port accesses.
3940 
3941         noirqdebug      [X86-32] Disables the code which attempts to detect and
3942                         disable unhandled interrupt sources.
3943 
3944         noisapnp        [ISAPNP] Disables ISA PnP code.
3945 
3946         nokaslr         [KNL,EARLY]
3947                         When CONFIG_RANDOMIZE_BASE is set, this disables
3948                         kernel and module base offset ASLR (Address Space
3949                         Layout Randomization).
3950 
3951         no-kvmapf       [X86,KVM,EARLY] Disable paravirtualized asynchronous page
3952                         fault handling.
3953 
3954         no-kvmclock     [X86,KVM,EARLY] Disable paravirtualized KVM clock driver
3955 
3956         nolapic         [X86-32,APIC,EARLY] Do not enable or use the local APIC.
3957 
3958         nolapic_timer   [X86-32,APIC,EARLY] Do not use the local APIC timer.
3959 
3960         nomce           [X86-32] Disable Machine Check Exception
3961 
3962         nomfgpt         [X86-32] Disable Multi-Function General Purpose
3963                         Timer usage (for AMD Geode machines).
3964 
3965         nomodeset       Disable kernel modesetting. Most systems' firmware
3966                         sets up a display mode and provides framebuffer memory
3967                         for output. With nomodeset, DRM and fbdev drivers will
3968                         not load if they could possibly displace the pre-
3969                         initialized output. Only the system framebuffer will
3970                         be available for use. The respective drivers will not
3971                         perform display-mode changes or accelerated rendering.
3972 
3973                         Useful as error fallback, or for testing and debugging.
3974 
3975         nomodule        Disable module load
3976 
3977         nonmi_ipi       [X86] Disable using NMI IPIs during panic/reboot to
3978                         shutdown the other cpus.  Instead use the REBOOT_VECTOR
3979                         irq.
3980 
3981         nopat           [X86,EARLY] Disable PAT (page attribute table extension of
3982                         pagetables) support.
3983 
3984         nopcid          [X86-64,EARLY] Disable the PCID cpu feature.
3985 
3986         nopku           [X86] Disable Memory Protection Keys CPU feature found
3987                         in some Intel CPUs.
3988 
3989         nopti           [X86-64,EARLY]
3990                         Equivalent to pti=off
3991 
3992         nopv=           [X86,XEN,KVM,HYPER_V,VMWARE,EARLY]
3993                         Disables the PV optimizations forcing the guest to run
3994                         as generic guest with no PV drivers. Currently support
3995                         XEN HVM, KVM, HYPER_V and VMWARE guest.
3996 
3997         nopvspin        [X86,XEN,KVM,EARLY]
3998                         Disables the qspinlock slow path using PV optimizations
3999                         which allow the hypervisor to 'idle' the guest on lock
4000                         contention.
4001 
4002         norandmaps      Don't use address space randomization.  Equivalent to
4003                         echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/randomize_va_space
4004 
4005         noreplace-smp   [X86-32,SMP] Don't replace SMP instructions
4006                         with UP alternatives
4007 
4008         noresume        [SWSUSP] Disables resume and restores original swap
4009                         space.
4010 
4011         no-scroll       [VGA] Disables scrollback.
4012                         This is required for the Braillex ib80-piezo Braille
4013                         reader made by F.H. Papenmeier (Germany).
4014 
4015         nosgx           [X86-64,SGX,EARLY] Disables Intel SGX kernel support.
4016 
4017         nosmap          [PPC,EARLY]
4018                         Disable SMAP (Supervisor Mode Access Prevention)
4019                         even if it is supported by processor.
4020 
4021         nosmep          [PPC64s,EARLY]
4022                         Disable SMEP (Supervisor Mode Execution Prevention)
4023                         even if it is supported by processor.
4024 
4025         nosmp           [SMP,EARLY] Tells an SMP kernel to act as a UP kernel,
4026                         and disable the IO APIC.  legacy for "maxcpus=0".
4027 
4028         nosmt           [KNL,MIPS,PPC,S390,EARLY] Disable symmetric multithreading (SMT).
4029                         Equivalent to smt=1.
4030 
4031                         [KNL,X86,PPC] Disable symmetric multithreading (SMT).
4032                         nosmt=force: Force disable SMT, cannot be undone
4033                                      via the sysfs control file.
4034 
4035         nosoftlockup    [KNL] Disable the soft-lockup detector.
4036 
4037         nospec_store_bypass_disable
4038                         [HW,EARLY] Disable all mitigations for the Speculative
4039                         Store Bypass vulnerability
4040 
4041         nospectre_bhb   [ARM64,EARLY] Disable all mitigations for Spectre-BHB (branch
4042                         history injection) vulnerability. System may allow data leaks
4043                         with this option.
4044 
4045         nospectre_v1    [X86,PPC,EARLY] Disable mitigations for Spectre Variant 1
4046                         (bounds check bypass). With this option data leaks are
4047                         possible in the system.
4048 
4049         nospectre_v2    [X86,PPC_E500,ARM64,EARLY] Disable all mitigations
4050                         for the Spectre variant 2 (indirect branch
4051                         prediction) vulnerability. System may allow data
4052                         leaks with this option.
4053 
4054         no-steal-acc    [X86,PV_OPS,ARM64,PPC/PSERIES,RISCV,LOONGARCH,EARLY]
4055                         Disable paravirtualized steal time accounting. steal time
4056                         is computed, but won't influence scheduler behaviour
4057 
4058         nosync          [HW,M68K] Disables sync negotiation for all devices.
4059 
4060         no_timer_check  [X86,APIC] Disables the code which tests for
4061                         broken timer IRQ sources.
4062 
4063         no_uaccess_flush
4064                         [PPC,EARLY] Don't flush the L1-D cache after accessing user data.
4065 
4066         novmcoredd      [KNL,KDUMP]
4067                         Disable device dump. Device dump allows drivers to
4068                         append dump data to vmcore so you can collect driver
4069                         specified debug info.  Drivers can append the data
4070                         without any limit and this data is stored in memory,
4071                         so this may cause significant memory stress.  Disabling
4072                         device dump can help save memory but the driver debug
4073                         data will be no longer available.  This parameter
4074                         is only available when CONFIG_PROC_VMCORE_DEVICE_DUMP
4075                         is set.
4076 
4077         no-vmw-sched-clock
4078                         [X86,PV_OPS,EARLY] Disable paravirtualized VMware
4079                         scheduler clock and use the default one.
4080 
4081         nowatchdog      [KNL] Disable both lockup detectors, i.e.
4082                         soft-lockup and NMI watchdog (hard-lockup).
4083 
4084         nowb            [ARM,EARLY]
4085 
4086         nox2apic        [X86-64,APIC,EARLY] Do not enable x2APIC mode.
4087 
4088                         NOTE: this parameter will be ignored on systems with the
4089                         LEGACY_XAPIC_DISABLED bit set in the
4090                         IA32_XAPIC_DISABLE_STATUS MSR.
4091 
4092         noxsave         [BUGS=X86] Disables x86 extended register state save
4093                         and restore using xsave. The kernel will fallback to
4094                         enabling legacy floating-point and sse state.
4095 
4096         noxsaveopt      [X86] Disables xsaveopt used in saving x86 extended
4097                         register states. The kernel will fall back to use
4098                         xsave to save the states. By using this parameter,
4099                         performance of saving the states is degraded because
4100                         xsave doesn't support modified optimization while
4101                         xsaveopt supports it on xsaveopt enabled systems.
4102 
4103         noxsaves        [X86] Disables xsaves and xrstors used in saving and
4104                         restoring x86 extended register state in compacted
4105                         form of xsave area. The kernel will fall back to use
4106                         xsaveopt and xrstor to save and restore the states
4107                         in standard form of xsave area. By using this
4108                         parameter, xsave area per process might occupy more
4109                         memory on xsaves enabled systems.
4110 
4111         nr_cpus=        [SMP,EARLY] Maximum number of processors that an SMP kernel
4112                         could support.  nr_cpus=n : n >= 1 limits the kernel to
4113                         support 'n' processors. It could be larger than the
4114                         number of already plugged CPU during bootup, later in
4115                         runtime you can physically add extra cpu until it reaches
4116                         n. So during boot up some boot time memory for per-cpu
4117                         variables need be pre-allocated for later physical cpu
4118                         hot plugging.
4119 
4120         nr_uarts=       [SERIAL] maximum number of UARTs to be registered.
4121 
4122         numa=off        [KNL, ARM64, PPC, RISCV, SPARC, X86, EARLY]
4123                         Disable NUMA, Only set up a single NUMA node
4124                         spanning all memory.
4125 
4126         numa_balancing= [KNL,ARM64,PPC,RISCV,S390,X86] Enable or disable automatic
4127                         NUMA balancing.
4128                         Allowed values are enable and disable
4129 
4130         numa_zonelist_order= [KNL, BOOT] Select zonelist order for NUMA.
4131                         'node', 'default' can be specified
4132                         This can be set from sysctl after boot.
4133                         See Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/vm.rst for details.
4134 
4135         ohci1394_dma=early      [HW,EARLY] enable debugging via the ohci1394 driver.
4136                         See Documentation/core-api/debugging-via-ohci1394.rst for more
4137                         info.
4138 
4139         olpc_ec_timeout= [OLPC] ms delay when issuing EC commands
4140                         Rather than timing out after 20 ms if an EC
4141                         command is not properly ACKed, override the length
4142                         of the timeout.  We have interrupts disabled while
4143                         waiting for the ACK, so if this is set too high
4144                         interrupts *may* be lost!
4145 
4146         omap_mux=       [OMAP] Override bootloader pin multiplexing.
4147                         Format: <mux_mode0.mode_name=value>...
4148                         For example, to override I2C bus2:
4149                         omap_mux=i2c2_scl.i2c2_scl=0x100,i2c2_sda.i2c2_sda=0x100
4150 
4151         onenand.bdry=   [HW,MTD] Flex-OneNAND Boundary Configuration
4152 
4153                         Format: [die0_boundary][,die0_lock][,die1_boundary][,die1_lock]
4154 
4155                         boundary - index of last SLC block on Flex-OneNAND.
4156                                    The remaining blocks are configured as MLC blocks.
4157                         lock     - Configure if Flex-OneNAND boundary should be locked.
4158                                    Once locked, the boundary cannot be changed.
4159                                    1 indicates lock status, 0 indicates unlock status.
4160 
4161         oops=panic      [KNL,EARLY]
4162                         Always panic on oopses. Default is to just kill the
4163                         process, but there is a small probability of
4164                         deadlocking the machine.
4165                         This will also cause panics on machine check exceptions.
4166                         Useful together with panic=30 to trigger a reboot.
4167 
4168         page_alloc.shuffle=
4169                         [KNL] Boolean flag to control whether the page allocator
4170                         should randomize its free lists. This parameter can be
4171                         used to enable/disable page randomization. The state of
4172                         the flag can be read from sysfs at:
4173                         /sys/module/page_alloc/parameters/shuffle.
4174                         This parameter is only available if CONFIG_SHUFFLE_PAGE_ALLOCATOR=y.
4175 
4176         page_owner=     [KNL,EARLY] Boot-time page_owner enabling option.
4177                         Storage of the information about who allocated
4178                         each page is disabled in default. With this switch,
4179                         we can turn it on.
4180                         on: enable the feature
4181 
4182         page_poison=    [KNL,EARLY] Boot-time parameter changing the state of
4183                         poisoning on the buddy allocator, available with
4184                         CONFIG_PAGE_POISONING=y.
4185                         off: turn off poisoning (default)
4186                         on: turn on poisoning
4187 
4188         page_reporting.page_reporting_order=
4189                         [KNL] Minimal page reporting order
4190                         Format: <integer>
4191                         Adjust the minimal page reporting order. The page
4192                         reporting is disabled when it exceeds MAX_PAGE_ORDER.
4193 
4194         panic=          [KNL] Kernel behaviour on panic: delay <timeout>
4195                         timeout > 0: seconds before rebooting
4196                         timeout = 0: wait forever
4197                         timeout < 0: reboot immediately
4198                         Format: <timeout>
4199 
4200         panic_on_taint= [KNL,EARLY]
4201                         Bitmask for conditionally calling panic() in add_taint()
4202                         Format: <hex>[,nousertaint]
4203                         Hexadecimal bitmask representing the set of TAINT flags
4204                         that will cause the kernel to panic when add_taint() is
4205                         called with any of the flags in this set.
4206                         The optional switch "nousertaint" can be utilized to
4207                         prevent userspace forced crashes by writing to sysctl
4208                         /proc/sys/kernel/tainted any flagset matching with the
4209                         bitmask set on panic_on_taint.
4210                         See Documentation/admin-guide/tainted-kernels.rst for
4211                         extra details on the taint flags that users can pick
4212                         to compose the bitmask to assign to panic_on_taint.
4213 
4214         panic_on_warn=1 panic() instead of WARN().  Useful to cause kdump
4215                         on a WARN().
4216 
4217         panic_print=    Bitmask for printing system info when panic happens.
4218                         User can chose combination of the following bits:
4219                         bit 0: print all tasks info
4220                         bit 1: print system memory info
4221                         bit 2: print timer info
4222                         bit 3: print locks info if CONFIG_LOCKDEP is on
4223                         bit 4: print ftrace buffer
4224                         bit 5: print all printk messages in buffer
4225                         bit 6: print all CPUs backtrace (if available in the arch)
4226                         bit 7: print only tasks in uninterruptible (blocked) state
4227                         *Be aware* that this option may print a _lot_ of lines,
4228                         so there are risks of losing older messages in the log.
4229                         Use this option carefully, maybe worth to setup a
4230                         bigger log buffer with "log_buf_len" along with this.
4231 
4232         parkbd.port=    [HW] Parallel port number the keyboard adapter is
4233                         connected to, default is 0.
4234                         Format: <parport#>
4235         parkbd.mode=    [HW] Parallel port keyboard adapter mode of operation,
4236                         0 for XT, 1 for AT (default is AT).
4237                         Format: <mode>
4238 
4239         parport=        [HW,PPT] Specify parallel ports. 0 disables.
4240                         Format: { 0 | auto | 0xBBB[,IRQ[,DMA]] }
4241                         Use 'auto' to force the driver to use any
4242                         IRQ/DMA settings detected (the default is to
4243                         ignore detected IRQ/DMA settings because of
4244                         possible conflicts). You can specify the base
4245                         address, IRQ, and DMA settings; IRQ and DMA
4246                         should be numbers, or 'auto' (for using detected
4247                         settings on that particular port), or 'nofifo'
4248                         (to avoid using a FIFO even if it is detected).
4249                         Parallel ports are assigned in the order they
4250                         are specified on the command line, starting
4251                         with parport0.
4252 
4253         parport_init_mode=      [HW,PPT]
4254                         Configure VIA parallel port to operate in
4255                         a specific mode. This is necessary on Pegasos
4256                         computer where firmware has no options for setting
4257                         up parallel port mode and sets it to spp.
4258                         Currently this function knows 686a and 8231 chips.
4259                         Format: [spp|ps2|epp|ecp|ecpepp]
4260 
4261         pata_legacy.all=        [HW,LIBATA]
4262                         Format: <int>
4263                         Set to non-zero to probe primary and secondary ISA
4264                         port ranges on PCI systems where no PCI PATA device
4265                         has been found at either range.  Disabled by default.
4266 
4267         pata_legacy.autospeed=  [HW,LIBATA]
4268                         Format: <int>
4269                         Set to non-zero if a chip is present that snoops speed
4270                         changes.  Disabled by default.
4271 
4272         pata_legacy.ht6560a=    [HW,LIBATA]
4273                         Format: <int>
4274                         Set to 1, 2, or 3 for HT 6560A on the primary channel,
4275                         the secondary channel, or both channels respectively.
4276                         Disabled by default.
4277 
4278         pata_legacy.ht6560b=    [HW,LIBATA]
4279                         Format: <int>
4280                         Set to 1, 2, or 3 for HT 6560B on the primary channel,
4281                         the secondary channel, or both channels respectively.
4282                         Disabled by default.
4283 
4284         pata_legacy.iordy_mask= [HW,LIBATA]
4285                         Format: <int>
4286                         IORDY enable mask.  Set individual bits to allow IORDY
4287                         for the respective channel.  Bit 0 is for the first
4288                         legacy channel handled by this driver, bit 1 is for
4289                         the second channel, and so on.  The sequence will often
4290                         correspond to the primary legacy channel, the secondary
4291                         legacy channel, and so on, but the handling of a PCI
4292                         bus and the use of other driver options may interfere
4293                         with the sequence.  By default IORDY is allowed across
4294                         all channels.
4295 
4296         pata_legacy.opti82c46x= [HW,LIBATA]
4297                         Format: <int>
4298                         Set to 1, 2, or 3 for Opti 82c611A on the primary
4299                         channel, the secondary channel, or both channels
4300                         respectively.  Disabled by default.
4301 
4302         pata_legacy.opti82c611a=        [HW,LIBATA]
4303                         Format: <int>
4304                         Set to 1, 2, or 3 for Opti 82c465MV on the primary
4305                         channel, the secondary channel, or both channels
4306                         respectively.  Disabled by default.
4307 
4308         pata_legacy.pio_mask=   [HW,LIBATA]
4309                         Format: <int>
4310                         PIO mode mask for autospeed devices.  Set individual
4311                         bits to allow the use of the respective PIO modes.
4312                         Bit 0 is for mode 0, bit 1 is for mode 1, and so on.
4313                         All modes allowed by default.
4314 
4315         pata_legacy.probe_all=  [HW,LIBATA]
4316                         Format: <int>
4317                         Set to non-zero to probe tertiary and further ISA
4318                         port ranges on PCI systems.  Disabled by default.
4319 
4320         pata_legacy.probe_mask= [HW,LIBATA]
4321                         Format: <int>
4322                         Probe mask for legacy ISA PATA ports.  Depending on
4323                         platform configuration and the use of other driver
4324                         options up to 6 legacy ports are supported: 0x1f0,
4325                         0x170, 0x1e8, 0x168, 0x1e0, 0x160, however probing
4326                         of individual ports can be disabled by setting the
4327                         corresponding bits in the mask to 1.  Bit 0 is for
4328                         the first port in the list above (0x1f0), and so on.
4329                         By default all supported ports are probed.
4330 
4331         pata_legacy.qdi=        [HW,LIBATA]
4332                         Format: <int>
4333                         Set to non-zero to probe QDI controllers.  By default
4334                         set to 1 if CONFIG_PATA_QDI_MODULE, 0 otherwise.
4335 
4336         pata_legacy.winbond=    [HW,LIBATA]
4337                         Format: <int>
4338                         Set to non-zero to probe Winbond controllers.  Use
4339                         the standard I/O port (0x130) if 1, otherwise the
4340                         value given is the I/O port to use (typically 0x1b0).
4341                         By default set to 1 if CONFIG_PATA_WINBOND_VLB_MODULE,
4342                         0 otherwise.
4343 
4344         pata_platform.pio_mask= [HW,LIBATA]
4345                         Format: <int>
4346                         Supported PIO mode mask.  Set individual bits to allow
4347                         the use of the respective PIO modes.  Bit 0 is for
4348                         mode 0, bit 1 is for mode 1, and so on.  Mode 0 only
4349                         allowed by default.
4350 
4351         pause_on_oops=<int>
4352                         Halt all CPUs after the first oops has been printed for
4353                         the specified number of seconds.  This is to be used if
4354                         your oopses keep scrolling off the screen.
4355 
4356         pcbit=          [HW,ISDN]
4357 
4358         pci=option[,option...]  [PCI,EARLY] various PCI subsystem options.
4359 
4360                                 Some options herein operate on a specific device
4361                                 or a set of devices (<pci_dev>). These are
4362                                 specified in one of the following formats:
4363 
4364                                 [<domain>:]<bus>:<dev>.<func>[/<dev>.<func>]*
4365                                 pci:<vendor>:<device>[:<subvendor>:<subdevice>]
4366 
4367                                 Note: the first format specifies a PCI
4368                                 bus/device/function address which may change
4369                                 if new hardware is inserted, if motherboard
4370                                 firmware changes, or due to changes caused
4371                                 by other kernel parameters. If the
4372                                 domain is left unspecified, it is
4373                                 taken to be zero. Optionally, a path
4374                                 to a device through multiple device/function
4375                                 addresses can be specified after the base
4376                                 address (this is more robust against
4377                                 renumbering issues).  The second format
4378                                 selects devices using IDs from the
4379                                 configuration space which may match multiple
4380                                 devices in the system.
4381 
4382                 earlydump       dump PCI config space before the kernel
4383                                 changes anything
4384                 off             [X86] don't probe for the PCI bus
4385                 bios            [X86-32] force use of PCI BIOS, don't access
4386                                 the hardware directly. Use this if your machine
4387                                 has a non-standard PCI host bridge.
4388                 nobios          [X86-32] disallow use of PCI BIOS, only direct
4389                                 hardware access methods are allowed. Use this
4390                                 if you experience crashes upon bootup and you
4391                                 suspect they are caused by the BIOS.
4392                 conf1           [X86] Force use of PCI Configuration Access
4393                                 Mechanism 1 (config address in IO port 0xCF8,
4394                                 data in IO port 0xCFC, both 32-bit).
4395                 conf2           [X86] Force use of PCI Configuration Access
4396                                 Mechanism 2 (IO port 0xCF8 is an 8-bit port for
4397                                 the function, IO port 0xCFA, also 8-bit, sets
4398                                 bus number. The config space is then accessed
4399                                 through ports 0xC000-0xCFFF).
4400                                 See http://wiki.osdev.org/PCI for more info
4401                                 on the configuration access mechanisms.
4402                 noaer           [PCIE] If the PCIEAER kernel config parameter is
4403                                 enabled, this kernel boot option can be used to
4404                                 disable the use of PCIE advanced error reporting.
4405                 nodomains       [PCI] Disable support for multiple PCI
4406                                 root domains (aka PCI segments, in ACPI-speak).
4407                 nommconf        [X86] Disable use of MMCONFIG for PCI
4408                                 Configuration
4409                 check_enable_amd_mmconf [X86] check for and enable
4410                                 properly configured MMIO access to PCI
4411                                 config space on AMD family 10h CPU
4412                 nomsi           [MSI] If the PCI_MSI kernel config parameter is
4413                                 enabled, this kernel boot option can be used to
4414                                 disable the use of MSI interrupts system-wide.
4415                 noioapicquirk   [APIC] Disable all boot interrupt quirks.
4416                                 Safety option to keep boot IRQs enabled. This
4417                                 should never be necessary.
4418                 ioapicreroute   [APIC] Enable rerouting of boot IRQs to the
4419                                 primary IO-APIC for bridges that cannot disable
4420                                 boot IRQs. This fixes a source of spurious IRQs
4421                                 when the system masks IRQs.
4422                 noioapicreroute [APIC] Disable workaround that uses the
4423                                 boot IRQ equivalent of an IRQ that connects to
4424                                 a chipset where boot IRQs cannot be disabled.
4425                                 The opposite of ioapicreroute.
4426                 biosirq         [X86-32] Use PCI BIOS calls to get the interrupt
4427                                 routing table. These calls are known to be buggy
4428                                 on several machines and they hang the machine
4429                                 when used, but on other computers it's the only
4430                                 way to get the interrupt routing table. Try
4431                                 this option if the kernel is unable to allocate
4432                                 IRQs or discover secondary PCI buses on your
4433                                 motherboard.
4434                 rom             [X86] Assign address space to expansion ROMs.
4435                                 Use with caution as certain devices share
4436                                 address decoders between ROMs and other
4437                                 resources.
4438                 norom           [X86] Do not assign address space to
4439                                 expansion ROMs that do not already have
4440                                 BIOS assigned address ranges.
4441                 nobar           [X86] Do not assign address space to the
4442                                 BARs that weren't assigned by the BIOS.
4443                 irqmask=0xMMMM  [X86] Set a bit mask of IRQs allowed to be
4444                                 assigned automatically to PCI devices. You can
4445                                 make the kernel exclude IRQs of your ISA cards
4446                                 this way.
4447                 pirqaddr=0xAAAAA        [X86] Specify the physical address
4448                                 of the PIRQ table (normally generated
4449                                 by the BIOS) if it is outside the
4450                                 F0000h-100000h range.
4451                 lastbus=N       [X86] Scan all buses thru bus #N. Can be
4452                                 useful if the kernel is unable to find your
4453                                 secondary buses and you want to tell it
4454                                 explicitly which ones they are.
4455                 assign-busses   [X86] Always assign all PCI bus
4456                                 numbers ourselves, overriding
4457                                 whatever the firmware may have done.
4458                 usepirqmask     [X86] Honor the possible IRQ mask stored
4459                                 in the BIOS $PIR table. This is needed on
4460                                 some systems with broken BIOSes, notably
4461                                 some HP Pavilion N5400 and Omnibook XE3
4462                                 notebooks. This will have no effect if ACPI
4463                                 IRQ routing is enabled.
4464                 noacpi          [X86] Do not use ACPI for IRQ routing
4465                                 or for PCI scanning.
4466                 use_crs         [X86] Use PCI host bridge window information
4467                                 from ACPI.  On BIOSes from 2008 or later, this
4468                                 is enabled by default.  If you need to use this,
4469                                 please report a bug.
4470                 nocrs           [X86] Ignore PCI host bridge windows from ACPI.
4471                                 If you need to use this, please report a bug.
4472                 use_e820        [X86] Use E820 reservations to exclude parts of
4473                                 PCI host bridge windows. This is a workaround
4474                                 for BIOS defects in host bridge _CRS methods.
4475                                 If you need to use this, please report a bug to
4476                                 <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org>.
4477                 no_e820         [X86] Ignore E820 reservations for PCI host
4478                                 bridge windows. This is the default on modern
4479                                 hardware. If you need to use this, please report
4480                                 a bug to <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org>.
4481                 routeirq        Do IRQ routing for all PCI devices.
4482                                 This is normally done in pci_enable_device(),
4483                                 so this option is a temporary workaround
4484                                 for broken drivers that don't call it.
4485                 skip_isa_align  [X86] do not align io start addr, so can
4486                                 handle more pci cards
4487                 noearly         [X86] Don't do any early type 1 scanning.
4488                                 This might help on some broken boards which
4489                                 machine check when some devices' config space
4490                                 is read. But various workarounds are disabled
4491                                 and some IOMMU drivers will not work.
4492                 bfsort          Sort PCI devices into breadth-first order.
4493                                 This sorting is done to get a device
4494                                 order compatible with older (<= 2.4) kernels.
4495                 nobfsort        Don't sort PCI devices into breadth-first order.
4496                 pcie_bus_tune_off       Disable PCIe MPS (Max Payload Size)
4497                                 tuning and use the BIOS-configured MPS defaults.
4498                 pcie_bus_safe   Set every device's MPS to the largest value
4499                                 supported by all devices below the root complex.
4500                 pcie_bus_perf   Set device MPS to the largest allowable MPS
4501                                 based on its parent bus. Also set MRRS (Max
4502                                 Read Request Size) to the largest supported
4503                                 value (no larger than the MPS that the device
4504                                 or bus can support) for best performance.
4505                 pcie_bus_peer2peer      Set every device's MPS to 128B, which
4506                                 every device is guaranteed to support. This
4507                                 configuration allows peer-to-peer DMA between
4508                                 any pair of devices, possibly at the cost of
4509                                 reduced performance.  This also guarantees
4510                                 that hot-added devices will work.
4511                 cbiosize=nn[KMG]        The fixed amount of bus space which is
4512                                 reserved for the CardBus bridge's IO window.
4513                                 The default value is 256 bytes.
4514                 cbmemsize=nn[KMG]       The fixed amount of bus space which is
4515                                 reserved for the CardBus bridge's memory
4516                                 window. The default value is 64 megabytes.
4517                 resource_alignment=
4518                                 Format:
4519                                 [<order of align>@]<pci_dev>[; ...]
4520                                 Specifies alignment and device to reassign
4521                                 aligned memory resources. How to
4522                                 specify the device is described above.
4523                                 If <order of align> is not specified,
4524                                 PAGE_SIZE is used as alignment.
4525                                 A PCI-PCI bridge can be specified if resource
4526                                 windows need to be expanded.
4527                                 To specify the alignment for several
4528                                 instances of a device, the PCI vendor,
4529                                 device, subvendor, and subdevice may be
4530                                 specified, e.g., 12@pci:8086:9c22:103c:198f
4531                                 for 4096-byte alignment.
4532                 ecrc=           Enable/disable PCIe ECRC (transaction layer
4533                                 end-to-end CRC checking). Only effective if
4534                                 OS has native AER control (either granted by
4535                                 ACPI _OSC or forced via "pcie_ports=native")
4536                                 bios: Use BIOS/firmware settings. This is the
4537                                 the default.
4538                                 off: Turn ECRC off
4539                                 on: Turn ECRC on.
4540                 hpiosize=nn[KMG]        The fixed amount of bus space which is
4541                                 reserved for hotplug bridge's IO window.
4542                                 Default size is 256 bytes.
4543                 hpmmiosize=nn[KMG]      The fixed amount of bus space which is
4544                                 reserved for hotplug bridge's MMIO window.
4545                                 Default size is 2 megabytes.
4546                 hpmmioprefsize=nn[KMG]  The fixed amount of bus space which is
4547                                 reserved for hotplug bridge's MMIO_PREF window.
4548                                 Default size is 2 megabytes.
4549                 hpmemsize=nn[KMG]       The fixed amount of bus space which is
4550                                 reserved for hotplug bridge's MMIO and
4551                                 MMIO_PREF window.
4552                                 Default size is 2 megabytes.
4553                 hpbussize=nn    The minimum amount of additional bus numbers
4554                                 reserved for buses below a hotplug bridge.
4555                                 Default is 1.
4556                 realloc=        Enable/disable reallocating PCI bridge resources
4557                                 if allocations done by BIOS are too small to
4558                                 accommodate resources required by all child
4559                                 devices.
4560                                 off: Turn realloc off
4561                                 on: Turn realloc on
4562                 realloc         same as realloc=on
4563                 noari           do not use PCIe ARI.
4564                 noats           [PCIE, Intel-IOMMU, AMD-IOMMU]
4565                                 do not use PCIe ATS (and IOMMU device IOTLB).
4566                 pcie_scan_all   Scan all possible PCIe devices.  Otherwise we
4567                                 only look for one device below a PCIe downstream
4568                                 port.
4569                 big_root_window Try to add a big 64bit memory window to the PCIe
4570                                 root complex on AMD CPUs. Some GFX hardware
4571                                 can resize a BAR to allow access to all VRAM.
4572                                 Adding the window is slightly risky (it may
4573                                 conflict with unreported devices), so this
4574                                 taints the kernel.
4575                 disable_acs_redir=<pci_dev>[; ...]
4576                                 Specify one or more PCI devices (in the format
4577                                 specified above) separated by semicolons.
4578                                 Each device specified will have the PCI ACS
4579                                 redirect capabilities forced off which will
4580                                 allow P2P traffic between devices through
4581                                 bridges without forcing it upstream. Note:
4582                                 this removes isolation between devices and
4583                                 may put more devices in an IOMMU group.
4584                 config_acs=
4585                                 Format:
4586                                 <ACS flags>@<pci_dev>[; ...]
4587                                 Specify one or more PCI devices (in the format
4588                                 specified above) optionally prepended with flags
4589                                 and separated by semicolons. The respective
4590                                 capabilities will be enabled, disabled or
4591                                 unchanged based on what is specified in
4592                                 flags.
4593 
4594                                 ACS Flags is defined as follows:
4595                                   bit-0 : ACS Source Validation
4596                                   bit-1 : ACS Translation Blocking
4597                                   bit-2 : ACS P2P Request Redirect
4598                                   bit-3 : ACS P2P Completion Redirect
4599                                   bit-4 : ACS Upstream Forwarding
4600                                   bit-5 : ACS P2P Egress Control
4601                                   bit-6 : ACS Direct Translated P2P
4602                                 Each bit can be marked as:
4603                                   '0' – force disabled
4604                                   '1' – force enabled
4605                                   'x' – unchanged
4606                                 For example,
4607                                   pci=config_acs=10x
4608                                 would configure all devices that support
4609                                 ACS to enable P2P Request Redirect, disable
4610                                 Translation Blocking, and leave Source
4611                                 Validation unchanged from whatever power-up
4612                                 or firmware set it to.
4613 
4614                                 Note: this may remove isolation between devices
4615                                 and may put more devices in an IOMMU group.
4616                 force_floating  [S390] Force usage of floating interrupts.
4617                 nomio           [S390] Do not use MIO instructions.
4618                 norid           [S390] ignore the RID field and force use of
4619                                 one PCI domain per PCI function
4620 
4621         pcie_aspm=      [PCIE] Forcibly enable or ignore PCIe Active State Power
4622                         Management.
4623                 off     Don't touch ASPM configuration at all.  Leave any
4624                         configuration done by firmware unchanged.
4625                 force   Enable ASPM even on devices that claim not to support it.
4626                         WARNING: Forcing ASPM on may cause system lockups.
4627 
4628         pcie_ports=     [PCIE] PCIe port services handling:
4629                 native  Use native PCIe services (PME, AER, DPC, PCIe hotplug)
4630                         even if the platform doesn't give the OS permission to
4631                         use them.  This may cause conflicts if the platform
4632                         also tries to use these services.
4633                 dpc-native      Use native PCIe service for DPC only.  May
4634                                 cause conflicts if firmware uses AER or DPC.
4635                 compat  Disable native PCIe services (PME, AER, DPC, PCIe
4636                         hotplug).
4637 
4638         pcie_port_pm=   [PCIE] PCIe port power management handling:
4639                 off     Disable power management of all PCIe ports
4640                 force   Forcibly enable power management of all PCIe ports
4641 
4642         pcie_pme=       [PCIE,PM] Native PCIe PME signaling options:
4643                 nomsi   Do not use MSI for native PCIe PME signaling (this makes
4644                         all PCIe root ports use INTx for all services).
4645 
4646         pcmv=           [HW,PCMCIA] BadgePAD 4
4647 
4648         pd_ignore_unused
4649                         [PM]
4650                         Keep all power-domains already enabled by bootloader on,
4651                         even if no driver has claimed them. This is useful
4652                         for debug and development, but should not be
4653                         needed on a platform with proper driver support.
4654 
4655         pdcchassis=     [PARISC,HW] Disable/Enable PDC Chassis Status codes at
4656                         boot time.
4657                         Format: { 0 | 1 }
4658                         See arch/parisc/kernel/pdc_chassis.c
4659 
4660         percpu_alloc=   [MM,EARLY]
4661                         Select which percpu first chunk allocator to use.
4662                         Currently supported values are "embed" and "page".
4663                         Archs may support subset or none of the selections.
4664                         See comments in mm/percpu.c for details on each
4665                         allocator.  This parameter is primarily for debugging
4666                         and performance comparison.
4667 
4668         pirq=           [SMP,APIC] Manual mp-table setup
4669                         See Documentation/arch/x86/i386/IO-APIC.rst.
4670 
4671         plip=           [PPT,NET] Parallel port network link
4672                         Format: { parport<nr> | timid | 0 }
4673                         See also Documentation/admin-guide/parport.rst.
4674 
4675         pmtmr=          [X86] Manual setup of pmtmr I/O Port.
4676                         Override pmtimer IOPort with a hex value.
4677                         e.g. pmtmr=0x508
4678 
4679         pmu_override=   [PPC] Override the PMU.
4680                         This option takes over the PMU facility, so it is no
4681                         longer usable by perf. Setting this option starts the
4682                         PMU counters by setting MMCR0 to 0 (the FC bit is
4683                         cleared). If a number is given, then MMCR1 is set to
4684                         that number, otherwise (e.g., 'pmu_override=on'), MMCR1
4685                         remains 0.
4686 
4687         pm_debug_messages       [SUSPEND,KNL]
4688                         Enable suspend/resume debug messages during boot up.
4689 
4690         pnp.debug=1     [PNP]
4691                         Enable PNP debug messages (depends on the
4692                         CONFIG_PNP_DEBUG_MESSAGES option).  Change at run-time
4693                         via /sys/module/pnp/parameters/debug.  We always show
4694                         current resource usage; turning this on also shows
4695                         possible settings and some assignment information.
4696 
4697         pnpacpi=        [ACPI]
4698                         { off }
4699 
4700         pnpbios=        [ISAPNP]
4701                         { on | off | curr | res | no-curr | no-res }
4702 
4703         pnp_reserve_irq=
4704                         [ISAPNP] Exclude IRQs for the autoconfiguration
4705 
4706         pnp_reserve_dma=
4707                         [ISAPNP] Exclude DMAs for the autoconfiguration
4708 
4709         pnp_reserve_io= [ISAPNP] Exclude I/O ports for the autoconfiguration
4710                         Ranges are in pairs (I/O port base and size).
4711 
4712         pnp_reserve_mem=
4713                         [ISAPNP] Exclude memory regions for the
4714                         autoconfiguration.
4715                         Ranges are in pairs (memory base and size).
4716 
4717         ports=          [IP_VS_FTP] IPVS ftp helper module
4718                         Default is 21.
4719                         Up to 8 (IP_VS_APP_MAX_PORTS) ports
4720                         may be specified.
4721                         Format: <port>,<port>....
4722 
4723         possible_cpus=  [SMP,S390,X86]
4724                         Format: <unsigned int>
4725                         Set the number of possible CPUs, overriding the
4726                         regular discovery mechanisms (such as ACPI/FW, etc).
4727 
4728         powersave=off   [PPC] This option disables power saving features.
4729                         It specifically disables cpuidle and sets the
4730                         platform machine description specific power_save
4731                         function to NULL. On Idle the CPU just reduces
4732                         execution priority.
4733 
4734         ppc_strict_facility_enable
4735                         [PPC,ENABLE] This option catches any kernel floating point,
4736                         Altivec, VSX and SPE outside of regions specifically
4737                         allowed (eg kernel_enable_fpu()/kernel_disable_fpu()).
4738                         There is some performance impact when enabling this.
4739 
4740         ppc_tm=         [PPC,EARLY]
4741                         Format: {"off"}
4742                         Disable Hardware Transactional Memory
4743 
4744         preempt=        [KNL]
4745                         Select preemption mode if you have CONFIG_PREEMPT_DYNAMIC
4746                         none - Limited to cond_resched() calls
4747                         voluntary - Limited to cond_resched() and might_sleep() calls
4748                         full - Any section that isn't explicitly preempt disabled
4749                                can be preempted anytime.  Tasks will also yield
4750                                contended spinlocks (if the critical section isn't
4751                                explicitly preempt disabled beyond the lock itself).
4752 
4753         print-fatal-signals=
4754                         [KNL] debug: print fatal signals
4755 
4756                         If enabled, warn about various signal handling
4757                         related application anomalies: too many signals,
4758                         too many POSIX.1 timers, fatal signals causing a
4759                         coredump - etc.
4760 
4761                         If you hit the warning due to signal overflow,
4762                         you might want to try "ulimit -i unlimited".
4763 
4764                         default: off.
4765 
4766         printk.always_kmsg_dump=
4767                         Trigger kmsg_dump for cases other than kernel oops or
4768                         panics
4769                         Format: <bool>  (1/Y/y=enable, 0/N/n=disable)
4770                         default: disabled
4771 
4772         printk.console_no_auto_verbose=
4773                         Disable console loglevel raise on oops, panic
4774                         or lockdep-detected issues (only if lock debug is on).
4775                         With an exception to setups with low baudrate on
4776                         serial console, keeping this 0 is a good choice
4777                         in order to provide more debug information.
4778                         Format: <bool>
4779                         default: 0 (auto_verbose is enabled)
4780 
4781         printk.devkmsg={on,off,ratelimit}
4782                         Control writing to /dev/kmsg.
4783                         on - unlimited logging to /dev/kmsg from userspace
4784                         off - logging to /dev/kmsg disabled
4785                         ratelimit - ratelimit the logging
4786                         Default: ratelimit
4787 
4788         printk.time=    Show timing data prefixed to each printk message line
4789                         Format: <bool>  (1/Y/y=enable, 0/N/n=disable)
4790 
4791         proc_mem.force_override= [KNL]
4792                         Format: {always | ptrace | never}
4793                         Traditionally /proc/pid/mem allows memory permissions to be
4794                         overridden without restrictions. This option may be set to
4795                         restrict that. Can be one of:
4796                         - 'always': traditional behavior always allows mem overrides.
4797                         - 'ptrace': only allow mem overrides for active ptracers.
4798                         - 'never':  never allow mem overrides.
4799                         If not specified, default is the CONFIG_PROC_MEM_* choice.
4800 
4801         processor.max_cstate=   [HW,ACPI]
4802                         Limit processor to maximum C-state
4803                         max_cstate=9 overrides any DMI blacklist limit.
4804 
4805         processor.nocst [HW,ACPI]
4806                         Ignore the _CST method to determine C-states,
4807                         instead using the legacy FADT method
4808 
4809         profile=        [KNL] Enable kernel profiling via /proc/profile
4810                         Format: [<profiletype>,]<number>
4811                         Param: <profiletype>: "schedule" or "kvm"
4812                                 [defaults to kernel profiling]
4813                         Param: "schedule" - profile schedule points.
4814                         Param: "kvm" - profile VM exits.
4815                         Param: <number> - step/bucket size as a power of 2 for
4816                                 statistical time based profiling.
4817 
4818         prompt_ramdisk= [RAM] [Deprecated]
4819 
4820         prot_virt=      [S390] enable hosting protected virtual machines
4821                         isolated from the hypervisor (if hardware supports
4822                         that). If enabled, the default kernel base address
4823                         might be overridden even when Kernel Address Space
4824                         Layout Randomization is disabled.
4825                         Format: <bool>
4826 
4827         psi=            [KNL] Enable or disable pressure stall information
4828                         tracking.
4829                         Format: <bool>
4830 
4831         psmouse.proto=  [HW,MOUSE] Highest PS2 mouse protocol extension to
4832                         probe for; one of (bare|imps|exps|lifebook|any).
4833         psmouse.rate=   [HW,MOUSE] Set desired mouse report rate, in reports
4834                         per second.
4835         psmouse.resetafter=     [HW,MOUSE]
4836                         Try to reset the device after so many bad packets
4837                         (0 = never).
4838         psmouse.resolution=
4839                         [HW,MOUSE] Set desired mouse resolution, in dpi.
4840         psmouse.smartscroll=
4841                         [HW,MOUSE] Controls Logitech smartscroll autorepeat.
4842                         0 = disabled, 1 = enabled (default).
4843 
4844         pstore.backend= Specify the name of the pstore backend to use
4845 
4846         pti=            [X86-64] Control Page Table Isolation of user and
4847                         kernel address spaces.  Disabling this feature
4848                         removes hardening, but improves performance of
4849                         system calls and interrupts.
4850 
4851                         on   - unconditionally enable
4852                         off  - unconditionally disable
4853                         auto - kernel detects whether your CPU model is
4854                                vulnerable to issues that PTI mitigates
4855 
4856                         Not specifying this option is equivalent to pti=auto.
4857 
4858         pty.legacy_count=
4859                         [KNL] Number of legacy pty's. Overwrites compiled-in
4860                         default number.
4861 
4862         quiet           [KNL,EARLY] Disable most log messages
4863 
4864         r128=           [HW,DRM]
4865 
4866         radix_hcall_invalidate=on  [PPC/PSERIES]
4867                         Disable RADIX GTSE feature and use hcall for TLB
4868                         invalidate.
4869 
4870         raid=           [HW,RAID]
4871                         See Documentation/admin-guide/md.rst.
4872 
4873         ramdisk_size=   [RAM] Sizes of RAM disks in kilobytes
4874                         See Documentation/admin-guide/blockdev/ramdisk.rst.
4875 
4876         ramdisk_start=  [RAM] RAM disk image start address
4877 
4878         random.trust_cpu=off
4879                         [KNL,EARLY] Disable trusting the use of the CPU's
4880                         random number generator (if available) to
4881                         initialize the kernel's RNG.
4882 
4883         random.trust_bootloader=off
4884                         [KNL,EARLY] Disable trusting the use of the a seed
4885                         passed by the bootloader (if available) to
4886                         initialize the kernel's RNG.
4887 
4888         randomize_kstack_offset=
4889                         [KNL,EARLY] Enable or disable kernel stack offset
4890                         randomization, which provides roughly 5 bits of
4891                         entropy, frustrating memory corruption attacks
4892                         that depend on stack address determinism or
4893                         cross-syscall address exposures. This is only
4894                         available on architectures that have defined
4895                         CONFIG_HAVE_ARCH_RANDOMIZE_KSTACK_OFFSET.
4896                         Format: <bool>  (1/Y/y=enable, 0/N/n=disable)
4897                         Default is CONFIG_RANDOMIZE_KSTACK_OFFSET_DEFAULT.
4898 
4899         ras=option[,option,...] [KNL] RAS-specific options
4900 
4901                 cec_disable     [X86]
4902                                 Disable the Correctable Errors Collector,
4903                                 see CONFIG_RAS_CEC help text.
4904 
4905         rcu_nocbs[=cpu-list]
4906                         [KNL] The optional argument is a cpu list,
4907                         as described above.
4908 
4909                         In kernels built with CONFIG_RCU_NOCB_CPU=y,
4910                         enable the no-callback CPU mode, which prevents
4911                         such CPUs' callbacks from being invoked in
4912                         softirq context.  Invocation of such CPUs' RCU
4913                         callbacks will instead be offloaded to "rcuox/N"
4914                         kthreads created for that purpose, where "x" is
4915                         "p" for RCU-preempt, "s" for RCU-sched, and "g"
4916                         for the kthreads that mediate grace periods; and
4917                         "N" is the CPU number. This reduces OS jitter on
4918                         the offloaded CPUs, which can be useful for HPC
4919                         and real-time workloads.  It can also improve
4920                         energy efficiency for asymmetric multiprocessors.
4921 
4922                         If a cpulist is passed as an argument, the specified
4923                         list of CPUs is set to no-callback mode from boot.
4924 
4925                         Otherwise, if the '=' sign and the cpulist
4926                         arguments are omitted, no CPU will be set to
4927                         no-callback mode from boot but the mode may be
4928                         toggled at runtime via cpusets.
4929 
4930                         Note that this argument takes precedence over
4931                         the CONFIG_RCU_NOCB_CPU_DEFAULT_ALL option.
4932 
4933         rcu_nocb_poll   [KNL]
4934                         Rather than requiring that offloaded CPUs
4935                         (specified by rcu_nocbs= above) explicitly
4936                         awaken the corresponding "rcuoN" kthreads,
4937                         make these kthreads poll for callbacks.
4938                         This improves the real-time response for the
4939                         offloaded CPUs by relieving them of the need to
4940                         wake up the corresponding kthread, but degrades
4941                         energy efficiency by requiring that the kthreads
4942                         periodically wake up to do the polling.
4943 
4944         rcutree.blimit= [KNL]
4945                         Set maximum number of finished RCU callbacks to
4946                         process in one batch.
4947 
4948         rcutree.do_rcu_barrier= [KNL]
4949                         Request a call to rcu_barrier().  This is
4950                         throttled so that userspace tests can safely
4951                         hammer on the sysfs variable if they so choose.
4952                         If triggered before the RCU grace-period machinery
4953                         is fully active, this will error out with EAGAIN.
4954 
4955         rcutree.dump_tree=      [KNL]
4956                         Dump the structure of the rcu_node combining tree
4957                         out at early boot.  This is used for diagnostic
4958                         purposes, to verify correct tree setup.
4959 
4960         rcutree.gp_cleanup_delay=       [KNL]
4961                         Set the number of jiffies to delay each step of
4962                         RCU grace-period cleanup.
4963 
4964         rcutree.gp_init_delay=  [KNL]
4965                         Set the number of jiffies to delay each step of
4966                         RCU grace-period initialization.
4967 
4968         rcutree.gp_preinit_delay=       [KNL]
4969                         Set the number of jiffies to delay each step of
4970                         RCU grace-period pre-initialization, that is,
4971                         the propagation of recent CPU-hotplug changes up
4972                         the rcu_node combining tree.
4973 
4974         rcutree.jiffies_till_first_fqs= [KNL]
4975                         Set delay from grace-period initialization to
4976                         first attempt to force quiescent states.
4977                         Units are jiffies, minimum value is zero,
4978                         and maximum value is HZ.
4979 
4980         rcutree.jiffies_till_next_fqs= [KNL]
4981                         Set delay between subsequent attempts to force
4982                         quiescent states.  Units are jiffies, minimum
4983                         value is one, and maximum value is HZ.
4984 
4985         rcutree.jiffies_till_sched_qs= [KNL]
4986                         Set required age in jiffies for a
4987                         given grace period before RCU starts
4988                         soliciting quiescent-state help from
4989                         rcu_note_context_switch() and cond_resched().
4990                         If not specified, the kernel will calculate
4991                         a value based on the most recent settings
4992                         of rcutree.jiffies_till_first_fqs
4993                         and rcutree.jiffies_till_next_fqs.
4994                         This calculated value may be viewed in
4995                         rcutree.jiffies_to_sched_qs.  Any attempt to set
4996                         rcutree.jiffies_to_sched_qs will be cheerfully
4997                         overwritten.
4998 
4999         rcutree.kthread_prio=    [KNL,BOOT]
5000                         Set the SCHED_FIFO priority of the RCU per-CPU
5001                         kthreads (rcuc/N). This value is also used for
5002                         the priority of the RCU boost threads (rcub/N)
5003                         and for the RCU grace-period kthreads (rcu_bh,
5004                         rcu_preempt, and rcu_sched). If RCU_BOOST is
5005                         set, valid values are 1-99 and the default is 1
5006                         (the least-favored priority).  Otherwise, when
5007                         RCU_BOOST is not set, valid values are 0-99 and
5008                         the default is zero (non-realtime operation).
5009                         When RCU_NOCB_CPU is set, also adjust the
5010                         priority of NOCB callback kthreads.
5011 
5012         rcutree.nocb_nobypass_lim_per_jiffy= [KNL]
5013                         On callback-offloaded (rcu_nocbs) CPUs,
5014                         RCU reduces the lock contention that would
5015                         otherwise be caused by callback floods through
5016                         use of the ->nocb_bypass list.  However, in the
5017                         common non-flooded case, RCU queues directly to
5018                         the main ->cblist in order to avoid the extra
5019                         overhead of the ->nocb_bypass list and its lock.
5020                         But if there are too many callbacks queued during
5021                         a single jiffy, RCU pre-queues the callbacks into
5022                         the ->nocb_bypass queue.  The definition of "too
5023                         many" is supplied by this kernel boot parameter.
5024 
5025         rcutree.nohz_full_patience_delay= [KNL]
5026                         On callback-offloaded (rcu_nocbs) CPUs, avoid
5027                         disturbing RCU unless the grace period has
5028                         reached the specified age in milliseconds.
5029                         Defaults to zero.  Large values will be capped
5030                         at five seconds.  All values will be rounded down
5031                         to the nearest value representable by jiffies.
5032 
5033         rcutree.qhimark= [KNL]
5034                         Set threshold of queued RCU callbacks beyond which
5035                         batch limiting is disabled.
5036 
5037         rcutree.qlowmark= [KNL]
5038                         Set threshold of queued RCU callbacks below which
5039                         batch limiting is re-enabled.
5040 
5041         rcutree.qovld= [KNL]
5042                         Set threshold of queued RCU callbacks beyond which
5043                         RCU's force-quiescent-state scan will aggressively
5044                         enlist help from cond_resched() and sched IPIs to
5045                         help CPUs more quickly reach quiescent states.
5046                         Set to less than zero to make this be set based
5047                         on rcutree.qhimark at boot time and to zero to
5048                         disable more aggressive help enlistment.
5049 
5050         rcutree.rcu_delay_page_cache_fill_msec= [KNL]
5051                         Set the page-cache refill delay (in milliseconds)
5052                         in response to low-memory conditions.  The range
5053                         of permitted values is in the range 0:100000.
5054 
5055         rcutree.rcu_divisor= [KNL]
5056                         Set the shift-right count to use to compute
5057                         the callback-invocation batch limit bl from
5058                         the number of callbacks queued on this CPU.
5059                         The result will be bounded below by the value of
5060                         the rcutree.blimit kernel parameter.  Every bl
5061                         callbacks, the softirq handler will exit in
5062                         order to allow the CPU to do other work.
5063 
5064                         Please note that this callback-invocation batch
5065                         limit applies only to non-offloaded callback
5066                         invocation.  Offloaded callbacks are instead
5067                         invoked in the context of an rcuoc kthread, which
5068                         scheduler will preempt as it does any other task.
5069 
5070         rcutree.rcu_fanout_exact= [KNL]
5071                         Disable autobalancing of the rcu_node combining
5072                         tree.  This is used by rcutorture, and might
5073                         possibly be useful for architectures having high
5074                         cache-to-cache transfer latencies.
5075 
5076         rcutree.rcu_fanout_leaf= [KNL]
5077                         Change the number of CPUs assigned to each
5078                         leaf rcu_node structure.  Useful for very
5079                         large systems, which will choose the value 64,
5080                         and for NUMA systems with large remote-access
5081                         latencies, which will choose a value aligned
5082                         with the appropriate hardware boundaries.
5083 
5084         rcutree.rcu_min_cached_objs= [KNL]
5085                         Minimum number of objects which are cached and
5086                         maintained per one CPU. Object size is equal
5087                         to PAGE_SIZE. The cache allows to reduce the
5088                         pressure to page allocator, also it makes the
5089                         whole algorithm to behave better in low memory
5090                         condition.
5091 
5092         rcutree.rcu_nocb_gp_stride= [KNL]
5093                         Set the number of NOCB callback kthreads in
5094                         each group, which defaults to the square root
5095                         of the number of CPUs.  Larger numbers reduce
5096                         the wakeup overhead on the global grace-period
5097                         kthread, but increases that same overhead on
5098                         each group's NOCB grace-period kthread.
5099 
5100         rcutree.rcu_kick_kthreads= [KNL]
5101                         Cause the grace-period kthread to get an extra
5102                         wake_up() if it sleeps three times longer than
5103                         it should at force-quiescent-state time.
5104                         This wake_up() will be accompanied by a
5105                         WARN_ONCE() splat and an ftrace_dump().
5106 
5107         rcutree.rcu_resched_ns= [KNL]
5108                         Limit the time spend invoking a batch of RCU
5109                         callbacks to the specified number of nanoseconds.
5110                         By default, this limit is checked only once
5111                         every 32 callbacks in order to limit the pain
5112                         inflicted by local_clock() overhead.
5113 
5114         rcutree.rcu_unlock_delay= [KNL]
5115                         In CONFIG_RCU_STRICT_GRACE_PERIOD=y kernels,
5116                         this specifies an rcu_read_unlock()-time delay
5117                         in microseconds.  This defaults to zero.
5118                         Larger delays increase the probability of
5119                         catching RCU pointer leaks, that is, buggy use
5120                         of RCU-protected pointers after the relevant
5121                         rcu_read_unlock() has completed.
5122 
5123         rcutree.sysrq_rcu= [KNL]
5124                         Commandeer a sysrq key to dump out Tree RCU's
5125                         rcu_node tree with an eye towards determining
5126                         why a new grace period has not yet started.
5127 
5128         rcutree.use_softirq=    [KNL]
5129                         If set to zero, move all RCU_SOFTIRQ processing to
5130                         per-CPU rcuc kthreads.  Defaults to a non-zero
5131                         value, meaning that RCU_SOFTIRQ is used by default.
5132                         Specify rcutree.use_softirq=0 to use rcuc kthreads.
5133 
5134                         But note that CONFIG_PREEMPT_RT=y kernels disable
5135                         this kernel boot parameter, forcibly setting it
5136                         to zero.
5137 
5138         rcutree.enable_rcu_lazy= [KNL]
5139                         To save power, batch RCU callbacks and flush after
5140                         delay, memory pressure or callback list growing too
5141                         big.
5142 
5143         rcutree.rcu_normal_wake_from_gp= [KNL]
5144                         Reduces a latency of synchronize_rcu() call. This approach
5145                         maintains its own track of synchronize_rcu() callers, so it
5146                         does not interact with regular callbacks because it does not
5147                         use a call_rcu[_hurry]() path. Please note, this is for a
5148                         normal grace period.
5149 
5150                         How to enable it:
5151 
5152                         echo 1 > /sys/module/rcutree/parameters/rcu_normal_wake_from_gp
5153                         or pass a boot parameter "rcutree.rcu_normal_wake_from_gp=1"
5154 
5155                         Default is 0.
5156 
5157         rcuscale.gp_async= [KNL]
5158                         Measure performance of asynchronous
5159                         grace-period primitives such as call_rcu().
5160 
5161         rcuscale.gp_async_max= [KNL]
5162                         Specify the maximum number of outstanding
5163                         callbacks per writer thread.  When a writer
5164                         thread exceeds this limit, it invokes the
5165                         corresponding flavor of rcu_barrier() to allow
5166                         previously posted callbacks to drain.
5167 
5168         rcuscale.gp_exp= [KNL]
5169                         Measure performance of expedited synchronous
5170                         grace-period primitives.
5171 
5172         rcuscale.holdoff= [KNL]
5173                         Set test-start holdoff period.  The purpose of
5174                         this parameter is to delay the start of the
5175                         test until boot completes in order to avoid
5176                         interference.
5177 
5178         rcuscale.kfree_by_call_rcu= [KNL]
5179                         In kernels built with CONFIG_RCU_LAZY=y, test
5180                         call_rcu() instead of kfree_rcu().
5181 
5182         rcuscale.kfree_mult= [KNL]
5183                         Instead of allocating an object of size kfree_obj,
5184                         allocate one of kfree_mult * sizeof(kfree_obj).
5185                         Defaults to 1.
5186 
5187         rcuscale.kfree_rcu_test= [KNL]
5188                         Set to measure performance of kfree_rcu() flooding.
5189 
5190         rcuscale.kfree_rcu_test_double= [KNL]
5191                         Test the double-argument variant of kfree_rcu().
5192                         If this parameter has the same value as
5193                         rcuscale.kfree_rcu_test_single, both the single-
5194                         and double-argument variants are tested.
5195 
5196         rcuscale.kfree_rcu_test_single= [KNL]
5197                         Test the single-argument variant of kfree_rcu().
5198                         If this parameter has the same value as
5199                         rcuscale.kfree_rcu_test_double, both the single-
5200                         and double-argument variants are tested.
5201 
5202         rcuscale.kfree_nthreads= [KNL]
5203                         The number of threads running loops of kfree_rcu().
5204 
5205         rcuscale.kfree_alloc_num= [KNL]
5206                         Number of allocations and frees done in an iteration.
5207 
5208         rcuscale.kfree_loops= [KNL]
5209                         Number of loops doing rcuscale.kfree_alloc_num number
5210                         of allocations and frees.
5211 
5212         rcuscale.minruntime= [KNL]
5213                         Set the minimum test run time in seconds.  This
5214                         does not affect the data-collection interval,
5215                         but instead allows better measurement of things
5216                         like CPU consumption.
5217 
5218         rcuscale.nreaders= [KNL]
5219                         Set number of RCU readers.  The value -1 selects
5220                         N, where N is the number of CPUs.  A value
5221                         "n" less than -1 selects N-n+1, where N is again
5222                         the number of CPUs.  For example, -2 selects N
5223                         (the number of CPUs), -3 selects N+1, and so on.
5224                         A value of "n" less than or equal to -N selects
5225                         a single reader.
5226 
5227         rcuscale.nwriters= [KNL]
5228                         Set number of RCU writers.  The values operate
5229                         the same as for rcuscale.nreaders.
5230                         N, where N is the number of CPUs
5231 
5232         rcuscale.scale_type= [KNL]
5233                         Specify the RCU implementation to test.
5234 
5235         rcuscale.shutdown= [KNL]
5236                         Shut the system down after performance tests
5237                         complete.  This is useful for hands-off automated
5238                         testing.
5239 
5240         rcuscale.verbose= [KNL]
5241                         Enable additional printk() statements.
5242 
5243         rcuscale.writer_holdoff= [KNL]
5244                         Write-side holdoff between grace periods,
5245                         in microseconds.  The default of zero says
5246                         no holdoff.
5247 
5248         rcuscale.writer_holdoff_jiffies= [KNL]
5249                         Additional write-side holdoff between grace
5250                         periods, but in jiffies.  The default of zero
5251                         says no holdoff.
5252 
5253         rcutorture.fqs_duration= [KNL]
5254                         Set duration of force_quiescent_state bursts
5255                         in microseconds.
5256 
5257         rcutorture.fqs_holdoff= [KNL]
5258                         Set holdoff time within force_quiescent_state bursts
5259                         in microseconds.
5260 
5261         rcutorture.fqs_stutter= [KNL]
5262                         Set wait time between force_quiescent_state bursts
5263                         in seconds.
5264 
5265         rcutorture.fwd_progress= [KNL]
5266                         Specifies the number of kthreads to be used
5267                         for  RCU grace-period forward-progress testing
5268                         for the types of RCU supporting this notion.
5269                         Defaults to 1 kthread, values less than zero or
5270                         greater than the number of CPUs cause the number
5271                         of CPUs to be used.
5272 
5273         rcutorture.fwd_progress_div= [KNL]
5274                         Specify the fraction of a CPU-stall-warning
5275                         period to do tight-loop forward-progress testing.
5276 
5277         rcutorture.fwd_progress_holdoff= [KNL]
5278                         Number of seconds to wait between successive
5279                         forward-progress tests.
5280 
5281         rcutorture.fwd_progress_need_resched= [KNL]
5282                         Enclose cond_resched() calls within checks for
5283                         need_resched() during tight-loop forward-progress
5284                         testing.
5285 
5286         rcutorture.gp_cond= [KNL]
5287                         Use conditional/asynchronous update-side
5288                         primitives, if available.
5289 
5290         rcutorture.gp_exp= [KNL]
5291                         Use expedited update-side primitives, if available.
5292 
5293         rcutorture.gp_normal= [KNL]
5294                         Use normal (non-expedited) asynchronous
5295                         update-side primitives, if available.
5296 
5297         rcutorture.gp_sync= [KNL]
5298                         Use normal (non-expedited) synchronous
5299                         update-side primitives, if available.  If all
5300                         of rcutorture.gp_cond=, rcutorture.gp_exp=,
5301                         rcutorture.gp_normal=, and rcutorture.gp_sync=
5302                         are zero, rcutorture acts as if is interpreted
5303                         they are all non-zero.
5304 
5305         rcutorture.irqreader= [KNL]
5306                         Run RCU readers from irq handlers, or, more
5307                         accurately, from a timer handler.  Not all RCU
5308                         flavors take kindly to this sort of thing.
5309 
5310         rcutorture.leakpointer= [KNL]
5311                         Leak an RCU-protected pointer out of the reader.
5312                         This can of course result in splats, and is
5313                         intended to test the ability of things like
5314                         CONFIG_RCU_STRICT_GRACE_PERIOD=y to detect
5315                         such leaks.
5316 
5317         rcutorture.n_barrier_cbs= [KNL]
5318                         Set callbacks/threads for rcu_barrier() testing.
5319 
5320         rcutorture.nfakewriters= [KNL]
5321                         Set number of concurrent RCU writers.  These just
5322                         stress RCU, they don't participate in the actual
5323                         test, hence the "fake".
5324 
5325         rcutorture.nocbs_nthreads= [KNL]
5326                         Set number of RCU callback-offload togglers.
5327                         Zero (the default) disables toggling.
5328 
5329         rcutorture.nocbs_toggle= [KNL]
5330                         Set the delay in milliseconds between successive
5331                         callback-offload toggling attempts.
5332 
5333         rcutorture.nreaders= [KNL]
5334                         Set number of RCU readers.  The value -1 selects
5335                         N-1, where N is the number of CPUs.  A value
5336                         "n" less than -1 selects N-n-2, where N is again
5337                         the number of CPUs.  For example, -2 selects N
5338                         (the number of CPUs), -3 selects N+1, and so on.
5339 
5340         rcutorture.object_debug= [KNL]
5341                         Enable debug-object double-call_rcu() testing.
5342 
5343         rcutorture.onoff_holdoff= [KNL]
5344                         Set time (s) after boot for CPU-hotplug testing.
5345 
5346         rcutorture.onoff_interval= [KNL]
5347                         Set time (jiffies) between CPU-hotplug operations,
5348                         or zero to disable CPU-hotplug testing.
5349 
5350         rcutorture.read_exit= [KNL]
5351                         Set the number of read-then-exit kthreads used
5352                         to test the interaction of RCU updaters and
5353                         task-exit processing.
5354 
5355         rcutorture.read_exit_burst= [KNL]
5356                         The number of times in a given read-then-exit
5357                         episode that a set of read-then-exit kthreads
5358                         is spawned.
5359 
5360         rcutorture.read_exit_delay= [KNL]
5361                         The delay, in seconds, between successive
5362                         read-then-exit testing episodes.
5363 
5364         rcutorture.shuffle_interval= [KNL]
5365                         Set task-shuffle interval (s).  Shuffling tasks
5366                         allows some CPUs to go into dyntick-idle mode
5367                         during the rcutorture test.
5368 
5369         rcutorture.shutdown_secs= [KNL]
5370                         Set time (s) after boot system shutdown.  This
5371                         is useful for hands-off automated testing.
5372 
5373         rcutorture.stall_cpu= [KNL]
5374                         Duration of CPU stall (s) to test RCU CPU stall
5375                         warnings, zero to disable.
5376 
5377         rcutorture.stall_cpu_block= [KNL]
5378                         Sleep while stalling if set.  This will result
5379                         in warnings from preemptible RCU in addition to
5380                         any other stall-related activity.  Note that
5381                         in kernels built with CONFIG_PREEMPTION=n and
5382                         CONFIG_PREEMPT_COUNT=y, this parameter will
5383                         cause the CPU to pass through a quiescent state.
5384                         Given CONFIG_PREEMPTION=n, this will suppress
5385                         RCU CPU stall warnings, but will instead result
5386                         in scheduling-while-atomic splats.
5387 
5388                         Use of this module parameter results in splats.
5389 
5390 
5391         rcutorture.stall_cpu_holdoff= [KNL]
5392                         Time to wait (s) after boot before inducing stall.
5393 
5394         rcutorture.stall_cpu_irqsoff= [KNL]
5395                         Disable interrupts while stalling if set.
5396 
5397         rcutorture.stall_gp_kthread= [KNL]
5398                         Duration (s) of forced sleep within RCU
5399                         grace-period kthread to test RCU CPU stall
5400                         warnings, zero to disable.  If both stall_cpu
5401                         and stall_gp_kthread are specified, the
5402                         kthread is starved first, then the CPU.
5403 
5404         rcutorture.stat_interval= [KNL]
5405                         Time (s) between statistics printk()s.
5406 
5407         rcutorture.stutter= [KNL]
5408                         Time (s) to stutter testing, for example, specifying
5409                         five seconds causes the test to run for five seconds,
5410                         wait for five seconds, and so on.  This tests RCU's
5411                         ability to transition abruptly to and from idle.
5412 
5413         rcutorture.test_boost= [KNL]
5414                         Test RCU priority boosting?  0=no, 1=maybe, 2=yes.
5415                         "Maybe" means test if the RCU implementation
5416                         under test support RCU priority boosting.
5417 
5418         rcutorture.test_boost_duration= [KNL]
5419                         Duration (s) of each individual boost test.
5420 
5421         rcutorture.test_boost_interval= [KNL]
5422                         Interval (s) between each boost test.
5423 
5424         rcutorture.test_no_idle_hz= [KNL]
5425                         Test RCU's dyntick-idle handling.  See also the
5426                         rcutorture.shuffle_interval parameter.
5427 
5428         rcutorture.torture_type= [KNL]
5429                         Specify the RCU implementation to test.
5430 
5431         rcutorture.verbose= [KNL]
5432                         Enable additional printk() statements.
5433 
5434         rcupdate.rcu_cpu_stall_ftrace_dump= [KNL]
5435                         Dump ftrace buffer after reporting RCU CPU
5436                         stall warning.
5437 
5438         rcupdate.rcu_cpu_stall_notifiers= [KNL]
5439                         Provide RCU CPU stall notifiers, but see the
5440                         warnings in the RCU_CPU_STALL_NOTIFIER Kconfig
5441                         option's help text.  TL;DR:  You almost certainly
5442                         do not want rcupdate.rcu_cpu_stall_notifiers.
5443 
5444         rcupdate.rcu_cpu_stall_suppress= [KNL]
5445                         Suppress RCU CPU stall warning messages.
5446 
5447         rcupdate.rcu_cpu_stall_suppress_at_boot= [KNL]
5448                         Suppress RCU CPU stall warning messages and
5449                         rcutorture writer stall warnings that occur
5450                         during early boot, that is, during the time
5451                         before the init task is spawned.
5452 
5453         rcupdate.rcu_cpu_stall_timeout= [KNL]
5454                         Set timeout for RCU CPU stall warning messages.
5455                         The value is in seconds and the maximum allowed
5456                         value is 300 seconds.
5457 
5458         rcupdate.rcu_exp_cpu_stall_timeout= [KNL]
5459                         Set timeout for expedited RCU CPU stall warning
5460                         messages.  The value is in milliseconds
5461                         and the maximum allowed value is 21000
5462                         milliseconds. Please note that this value is
5463                         adjusted to an arch timer tick resolution.
5464                         Setting this to zero causes the value from
5465                         rcupdate.rcu_cpu_stall_timeout to be used (after
5466                         conversion from seconds to milliseconds).
5467 
5468         rcupdate.rcu_cpu_stall_cputime= [KNL]
5469                         Provide statistics on the cputime and count of
5470                         interrupts and tasks during the sampling period. For
5471                         multiple continuous RCU stalls, all sampling periods
5472                         begin at half of the first RCU stall timeout.
5473 
5474         rcupdate.rcu_exp_stall_task_details= [KNL]
5475                         Print stack dumps of any tasks blocking the
5476                         current expedited RCU grace period during an
5477                         expedited RCU CPU stall warning.
5478 
5479         rcupdate.rcu_expedited= [KNL]
5480                         Use expedited grace-period primitives, for
5481                         example, synchronize_rcu_expedited() instead
5482                         of synchronize_rcu().  This reduces latency,
5483                         but can increase CPU utilization, degrade
5484                         real-time latency, and degrade energy efficiency.
5485                         No effect on CONFIG_TINY_RCU kernels.
5486 
5487         rcupdate.rcu_normal= [KNL]
5488                         Use only normal grace-period primitives,
5489                         for example, synchronize_rcu() instead of
5490                         synchronize_rcu_expedited().  This improves
5491                         real-time latency, CPU utilization, and
5492                         energy efficiency, but can expose users to
5493                         increased grace-period latency.  This parameter
5494                         overrides rcupdate.rcu_expedited.  No effect on
5495                         CONFIG_TINY_RCU kernels.
5496 
5497         rcupdate.rcu_normal_after_boot= [KNL]
5498                         Once boot has completed (that is, after
5499                         rcu_end_inkernel_boot() has been invoked), use
5500                         only normal grace-period primitives.  No effect
5501                         on CONFIG_TINY_RCU kernels.
5502 
5503                         But note that CONFIG_PREEMPT_RT=y kernels enables
5504                         this kernel boot parameter, forcibly setting
5505                         it to the value one, that is, converting any
5506                         post-boot attempt at an expedited RCU grace
5507                         period to instead use normal non-expedited
5508                         grace-period processing.
5509 
5510         rcupdate.rcu_task_collapse_lim= [KNL]
5511                         Set the maximum number of callbacks present
5512                         at the beginning of a grace period that allows
5513                         the RCU Tasks flavors to collapse back to using
5514                         a single callback queue.  This switching only
5515                         occurs when rcupdate.rcu_task_enqueue_lim is
5516                         set to the default value of -1.
5517 
5518         rcupdate.rcu_task_contend_lim= [KNL]
5519                         Set the minimum number of callback-queuing-time
5520                         lock-contention events per jiffy required to
5521                         cause the RCU Tasks flavors to switch to per-CPU
5522                         callback queuing.  This switching only occurs
5523                         when rcupdate.rcu_task_enqueue_lim is set to
5524                         the default value of -1.
5525 
5526         rcupdate.rcu_task_enqueue_lim= [KNL]
5527                         Set the number of callback queues to use for the
5528                         RCU Tasks family of RCU flavors.  The default
5529                         of -1 allows this to be automatically (and
5530                         dynamically) adjusted.  This parameter is intended
5531                         for use in testing.
5532 
5533         rcupdate.rcu_task_ipi_delay= [KNL]
5534                         Set time in jiffies during which RCU tasks will
5535                         avoid sending IPIs, starting with the beginning
5536                         of a given grace period.  Setting a large
5537                         number avoids disturbing real-time workloads,
5538                         but lengthens grace periods.
5539 
5540         rcupdate.rcu_task_lazy_lim= [KNL]
5541                         Number of callbacks on a given CPU that will
5542                         cancel laziness on that CPU.  Use -1 to disable
5543                         cancellation of laziness, but be advised that
5544                         doing so increases the danger of OOM due to
5545                         callback flooding.
5546 
5547         rcupdate.rcu_task_stall_info= [KNL]
5548                         Set initial timeout in jiffies for RCU task stall
5549                         informational messages, which give some indication
5550                         of the problem for those not patient enough to
5551                         wait for ten minutes.  Informational messages are
5552                         only printed prior to the stall-warning message
5553                         for a given grace period. Disable with a value
5554                         less than or equal to zero.  Defaults to ten
5555                         seconds.  A change in value does not take effect
5556                         until the beginning of the next grace period.
5557 
5558         rcupdate.rcu_task_stall_info_mult= [KNL]
5559                         Multiplier for time interval between successive
5560                         RCU task stall informational messages for a given
5561                         RCU tasks grace period.  This value is clamped
5562                         to one through ten, inclusive.  It defaults to
5563                         the value three, so that the first informational
5564                         message is printed 10 seconds into the grace
5565                         period, the second at 40 seconds, the third at
5566                         160 seconds, and then the stall warning at 600
5567                         seconds would prevent a fourth at 640 seconds.
5568 
5569         rcupdate.rcu_task_stall_timeout= [KNL]
5570                         Set timeout in jiffies for RCU task stall
5571                         warning messages.  Disable with a value less
5572                         than or equal to zero.  Defaults to ten minutes.
5573                         A change in value does not take effect until
5574                         the beginning of the next grace period.
5575 
5576         rcupdate.rcu_tasks_lazy_ms= [KNL]
5577                         Set timeout in milliseconds RCU Tasks asynchronous
5578                         callback batching for call_rcu_tasks().
5579                         A negative value will take the default.  A value
5580                         of zero will disable batching.  Batching is
5581                         always disabled for synchronize_rcu_tasks().
5582 
5583         rcupdate.rcu_tasks_rude_lazy_ms= [KNL]
5584                         Set timeout in milliseconds RCU Tasks
5585                         Rude asynchronous callback batching for
5586                         call_rcu_tasks_rude().  A negative value
5587                         will take the default.  A value of zero will
5588                         disable batching.  Batching is always disabled
5589                         for synchronize_rcu_tasks_rude().
5590 
5591         rcupdate.rcu_tasks_trace_lazy_ms= [KNL]
5592                         Set timeout in milliseconds RCU Tasks
5593                         Trace asynchronous callback batching for
5594                         call_rcu_tasks_trace().  A negative value
5595                         will take the default.  A value of zero will
5596                         disable batching.  Batching is always disabled
5597                         for synchronize_rcu_tasks_trace().
5598 
5599         rcupdate.rcu_self_test= [KNL]
5600                         Run the RCU early boot self tests
5601 
5602         rdinit=         [KNL]
5603                         Format: <full_path>
5604                         Run specified binary instead of /init from the ramdisk,
5605                         used for early userspace startup. See initrd.
5606 
5607         rdrand=         [X86,EARLY]
5608                         force - Override the decision by the kernel to hide the
5609                                 advertisement of RDRAND support (this affects
5610                                 certain AMD processors because of buggy BIOS
5611                                 support, specifically around the suspend/resume
5612                                 path).
5613 
5614         rdt=            [HW,X86,RDT]
5615                         Turn on/off individual RDT features. List is:
5616                         cmt, mbmtotal, mbmlocal, l3cat, l3cdp, l2cat, l2cdp,
5617                         mba, smba, bmec.
5618                         E.g. to turn on cmt and turn off mba use:
5619                                 rdt=cmt,!mba
5620 
5621         reboot=         [KNL]
5622                         Format (x86 or x86_64):
5623                                 [w[arm] | c[old] | h[ard] | s[oft] | g[pio]] | d[efault] \
5624                                 [[,]s[mp]#### \
5625                                 [[,]b[ios] | a[cpi] | k[bd] | t[riple] | e[fi] | p[ci]] \
5626                                 [[,]f[orce]
5627                         Where reboot_mode is one of warm (soft) or cold (hard) or gpio
5628                                         (prefix with 'panic_' to set mode for panic
5629                                         reboot only),
5630                               reboot_type is one of bios, acpi, kbd, triple, efi, or pci,
5631                               reboot_force is either force or not specified,
5632                               reboot_cpu is s[mp]#### with #### being the processor
5633                                         to be used for rebooting.
5634 
5635         refscale.holdoff= [KNL]
5636                         Set test-start holdoff period.  The purpose of
5637                         this parameter is to delay the start of the
5638                         test until boot completes in order to avoid
5639                         interference.
5640 
5641         refscale.lookup_instances= [KNL]
5642                         Number of data elements to use for the forms of
5643                         SLAB_TYPESAFE_BY_RCU testing.  A negative number
5644                         is negated and multiplied by nr_cpu_ids, while
5645                         zero specifies nr_cpu_ids.
5646 
5647         refscale.loops= [KNL]
5648                         Set the number of loops over the synchronization
5649                         primitive under test.  Increasing this number
5650                         reduces noise due to loop start/end overhead,
5651                         but the default has already reduced the per-pass
5652                         noise to a handful of picoseconds on ca. 2020
5653                         x86 laptops.
5654 
5655         refscale.nreaders= [KNL]
5656                         Set number of readers.  The default value of -1
5657                         selects N, where N is roughly 75% of the number
5658                         of CPUs.  A value of zero is an interesting choice.
5659 
5660         refscale.nruns= [KNL]
5661                         Set number of runs, each of which is dumped onto
5662                         the console log.
5663 
5664         refscale.readdelay= [KNL]
5665                         Set the read-side critical-section duration,
5666                         measured in microseconds.
5667 
5668         refscale.scale_type= [KNL]
5669                         Specify the read-protection implementation to test.
5670 
5671         refscale.shutdown= [KNL]
5672                         Shut down the system at the end of the performance
5673                         test.  This defaults to 1 (shut it down) when
5674                         refscale is built into the kernel and to 0 (leave
5675                         it running) when refscale is built as a module.
5676 
5677         refscale.verbose= [KNL]
5678                         Enable additional printk() statements.
5679 
5680         refscale.verbose_batched= [KNL]
5681                         Batch the additional printk() statements.  If zero
5682                         (the default) or negative, print everything.  Otherwise,
5683                         print every Nth verbose statement, where N is the value
5684                         specified.
5685 
5686         regulator_ignore_unused
5687                         [REGULATOR]
5688                         Prevents regulator framework from disabling regulators
5689                         that are unused, due no driver claiming them. This may
5690                         be useful for debug and development, but should not be
5691                         needed on a platform with proper driver support.
5692 
5693         relax_domain_level=
5694                         [KNL, SMP] Set scheduler's default relax_domain_level.
5695                         See Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst.
5696 
5697         reserve=        [KNL,BUGS] Force kernel to ignore I/O ports or memory
5698                         Format: <base1>,<size1>[,<base2>,<size2>,...]
5699                         Reserve I/O ports or memory so the kernel won't use
5700                         them.  If <base> is less than 0x10000, the region
5701                         is assumed to be I/O ports; otherwise it is memory.
5702 
5703         reserve_mem=    [RAM]
5704                         Format: nn[KNG]:<align>:<label>
5705                         Reserve physical memory and label it with a name that
5706                         other subsystems can use to access it. This is typically
5707                         used for systems that do not wipe the RAM, and this command
5708                         line will try to reserve the same physical memory on
5709                         soft reboots. Note, it is not guaranteed to be the same
5710                         location. For example, if anything about the system changes
5711                         or if booting a different kernel. It can also fail if KASLR
5712                         places the kernel at the location of where the RAM reservation
5713                         was from a previous boot, the new reservation will be at a
5714                         different location.
5715                         Any subsystem using this feature must add a way to verify
5716                         that the contents of the physical memory is from a previous
5717                         boot, as there may be cases where the memory will not be
5718                         located at the same location.
5719 
5720                         The format is size:align:label for example, to request
5721                         12 megabytes of 4096 alignment for ramoops:
5722 
5723                         reserve_mem=12M:4096:oops ramoops.mem_name=oops
5724 
5725         reservetop=     [X86-32,EARLY]
5726                         Format: nn[KMG]
5727                         Reserves a hole at the top of the kernel virtual
5728                         address space.
5729 
5730         reset_devices   [KNL] Force drivers to reset the underlying device
5731                         during initialization.
5732 
5733         resume=         [SWSUSP]
5734                         Specify the partition device for software suspend
5735                         Format:
5736                         {/dev/<dev> | PARTUUID=<uuid> | <int>:<int> | <hex>}
5737 
5738         resume_offset=  [SWSUSP]
5739                         Specify the offset from the beginning of the partition
5740                         given by "resume=" at which the swap header is located,
5741                         in <PAGE_SIZE> units (needed only for swap files).
5742                         See  Documentation/power/swsusp-and-swap-files.rst
5743 
5744         resumedelay=    [HIBERNATION] Delay (in seconds) to pause before attempting to
5745                         read the resume files
5746 
5747         resumewait      [HIBERNATION] Wait (indefinitely) for resume device to show up.
5748                         Useful for devices that are detected asynchronously
5749                         (e.g. USB and MMC devices).
5750 
5751         retain_initrd   [RAM] Keep initrd memory after extraction. After boot, it will
5752                         be accessible via /sys/firmware/initrd.
5753 
5754         retbleed=       [X86] Control mitigation of RETBleed (Arbitrary
5755                         Speculative Code Execution with Return Instructions)
5756                         vulnerability.
5757 
5758                         AMD-based UNRET and IBPB mitigations alone do not stop
5759                         sibling threads from influencing the predictions of other
5760                         sibling threads. For that reason, STIBP is used on pro-
5761                         cessors that support it, and mitigate SMT on processors
5762                         that don't.
5763 
5764                         off          - no mitigation
5765                         auto         - automatically select a migitation
5766                         auto,nosmt   - automatically select a mitigation,
5767                                        disabling SMT if necessary for
5768                                        the full mitigation (only on Zen1
5769                                        and older without STIBP).
5770                         ibpb         - On AMD, mitigate short speculation
5771                                        windows on basic block boundaries too.
5772                                        Safe, highest perf impact. It also
5773                                        enables STIBP if present. Not suitable
5774                                        on Intel.
5775                         ibpb,nosmt   - Like "ibpb" above but will disable SMT
5776                                        when STIBP is not available. This is
5777                                        the alternative for systems which do not
5778                                        have STIBP.
5779                         unret        - Force enable untrained return thunks,
5780                                        only effective on AMD f15h-f17h based
5781                                        systems.
5782                         unret,nosmt  - Like unret, but will disable SMT when STIBP
5783                                        is not available. This is the alternative for
5784                                        systems which do not have STIBP.
5785 
5786                         Selecting 'auto' will choose a mitigation method at run
5787                         time according to the CPU.
5788 
5789                         Not specifying this option is equivalent to retbleed=auto.
5790 
5791         rfkill.default_state=
5792                 0       "airplane mode".  All wifi, bluetooth, wimax, gps, fm,
5793                         etc. communication is blocked by default.
5794                 1       Unblocked.
5795 
5796         rfkill.master_switch_mode=
5797                 0       The "airplane mode" button does nothing.
5798                 1       The "airplane mode" button toggles between everything
5799                         blocked and the previous configuration.
5800                 2       The "airplane mode" button toggles between everything
5801                         blocked and everything unblocked.
5802 
5803         ring3mwait=disable
5804                         [KNL] Disable ring 3 MONITOR/MWAIT feature on supported
5805                         CPUs.
5806 
5807         riscv_isa_fallback [RISCV,EARLY]
5808                         When CONFIG_RISCV_ISA_FALLBACK is not enabled, permit
5809                         falling back to detecting extension support by parsing
5810                         "riscv,isa" property on devicetree systems when the
5811                         replacement properties are not found. See the Kconfig
5812                         entry for RISCV_ISA_FALLBACK.
5813 
5814         ro              [KNL] Mount root device read-only on boot
5815 
5816         rodata=         [KNL,EARLY]
5817                 on      Mark read-only kernel memory as read-only (default).
5818                 off     Leave read-only kernel memory writable for debugging.
5819                 full    Mark read-only kernel memory and aliases as read-only
5820                         [arm64]
5821 
5822         rockchip.usb_uart
5823                         [EARLY]
5824                         Enable the uart passthrough on the designated usb port
5825                         on Rockchip SoCs. When active, the signals of the
5826                         debug-uart get routed to the D+ and D- pins of the usb
5827                         port and the regular usb controller gets disabled.
5828 
5829         root=           [KNL] Root filesystem
5830                         Usually this a a block device specifier of some kind,
5831                         see the early_lookup_bdev comment in
5832                         block/early-lookup.c for details.
5833                         Alternatively this can be "ram" for the legacy initial
5834                         ramdisk, "nfs" and "cifs" for root on a network file
5835                         system, or "mtd" and "ubi" for mounting from raw flash.
5836 
5837         rootdelay=      [KNL] Delay (in seconds) to pause before attempting to
5838                         mount the root filesystem
5839 
5840         rootflags=      [KNL] Set root filesystem mount option string
5841 
5842         rootfstype=     [KNL] Set root filesystem type
5843 
5844         rootwait        [KNL] Wait (indefinitely) for root device to show up.
5845                         Useful for devices that are detected asynchronously
5846                         (e.g. USB and MMC devices).
5847 
5848         rootwait=       [KNL] Maximum time (in seconds) to wait for root device
5849                         to show up before attempting to mount the root
5850                         filesystem.
5851 
5852         rproc_mem=nn[KMG][@address]
5853                         [KNL,ARM,CMA] Remoteproc physical memory block.
5854                         Memory area to be used by remote processor image,
5855                         managed by CMA.
5856 
5857         rw              [KNL] Mount root device read-write on boot
5858 
5859         S               [KNL] Run init in single mode
5860 
5861         s390_iommu=     [HW,S390]
5862                         Set s390 IOTLB flushing mode
5863                 strict
5864                         With strict flushing every unmap operation will result
5865                         in an IOTLB flush. Default is lazy flushing before
5866                         reuse, which is faster. Deprecated, equivalent to
5867                         iommu.strict=1.
5868 
5869         s390_iommu_aperture=    [KNL,S390]
5870                         Specifies the size of the per device DMA address space
5871                         accessible through the DMA and IOMMU APIs as a decimal
5872                         factor of the size of main memory.
5873                         The default is 1 meaning that one can concurrently use
5874                         as many DMA addresses as physical memory is installed,
5875                         if supported by hardware, and thus map all of memory
5876                         once. With a value of 2 one can map all of memory twice
5877                         and so on. As a special case a factor of 0 imposes no
5878                         restrictions other than those given by hardware at the
5879                         cost of significant additional memory use for tables.
5880 
5881         sa1100ir        [NET]
5882                         See drivers/net/irda/sa1100_ir.c.
5883 
5884         sched_verbose   [KNL,EARLY] Enables verbose scheduler debug messages.
5885 
5886         schedstats=     [KNL,X86] Enable or disable scheduled statistics.
5887                         Allowed values are enable and disable. This feature
5888                         incurs a small amount of overhead in the scheduler
5889                         but is useful for debugging and performance tuning.
5890 
5891         sched_thermal_decay_shift=
5892                         [Deprecated]
5893                         [KNL, SMP] Set a decay shift for scheduler thermal
5894                         pressure signal. Thermal pressure signal follows the
5895                         default decay period of other scheduler pelt
5896                         signals(usually 32 ms but configurable). Setting
5897                         sched_thermal_decay_shift will left shift the decay
5898                         period for the thermal pressure signal by the shift
5899                         value.
5900                         i.e. with the default pelt decay period of 32 ms
5901                         sched_thermal_decay_shift   thermal pressure decay pr
5902                                 1                       64 ms
5903                                 2                       128 ms
5904                         and so on.
5905                         Format: integer between 0 and 10
5906                         Default is 0.
5907 
5908         scftorture.holdoff= [KNL]
5909                         Number of seconds to hold off before starting
5910                         test.  Defaults to zero for module insertion and
5911                         to 10 seconds for built-in smp_call_function()
5912                         tests.
5913 
5914         scftorture.longwait= [KNL]
5915                         Request ridiculously long waits randomly selected
5916                         up to the chosen limit in seconds.  Zero (the
5917                         default) disables this feature.  Please note
5918                         that requesting even small non-zero numbers of
5919                         seconds can result in RCU CPU stall warnings,
5920                         softlockup complaints, and so on.
5921 
5922         scftorture.nthreads= [KNL]
5923                         Number of kthreads to spawn to invoke the
5924                         smp_call_function() family of functions.
5925                         The default of -1 specifies a number of kthreads
5926                         equal to the number of CPUs.
5927 
5928         scftorture.onoff_holdoff= [KNL]
5929                         Number seconds to wait after the start of the
5930                         test before initiating CPU-hotplug operations.
5931 
5932         scftorture.onoff_interval= [KNL]
5933                         Number seconds to wait between successive
5934                         CPU-hotplug operations.  Specifying zero (which
5935                         is the default) disables CPU-hotplug operations.
5936 
5937         scftorture.shutdown_secs= [KNL]
5938                         The number of seconds following the start of the
5939                         test after which to shut down the system.  The
5940                         default of zero avoids shutting down the system.
5941                         Non-zero values are useful for automated tests.
5942 
5943         scftorture.stat_interval= [KNL]
5944                         The number of seconds between outputting the
5945                         current test statistics to the console.  A value
5946                         of zero disables statistics output.
5947 
5948         scftorture.stutter_cpus= [KNL]
5949                         The number of jiffies to wait between each change
5950                         to the set of CPUs under test.
5951 
5952         scftorture.use_cpus_read_lock= [KNL]
5953                         Use use_cpus_read_lock() instead of the default
5954                         preempt_disable() to disable CPU hotplug
5955                         while invoking one of the smp_call_function*()
5956                         functions.
5957 
5958         scftorture.verbose= [KNL]
5959                         Enable additional printk() statements.
5960 
5961         scftorture.weight_single= [KNL]
5962                         The probability weighting to use for the
5963                         smp_call_function_single() function with a zero
5964                         "wait" parameter.  A value of -1 selects the
5965                         default if all other weights are -1.  However,
5966                         if at least one weight has some other value, a
5967                         value of -1 will instead select a weight of zero.
5968 
5969         scftorture.weight_single_wait= [KNL]
5970                         The probability weighting to use for the
5971                         smp_call_function_single() function with a
5972                         non-zero "wait" parameter.  See weight_single.
5973 
5974         scftorture.weight_many= [KNL]
5975                         The probability weighting to use for the
5976                         smp_call_function_many() function with a zero
5977                         "wait" parameter.  See weight_single.
5978                         Note well that setting a high probability for
5979                         this weighting can place serious IPI load
5980                         on the system.
5981 
5982         scftorture.weight_many_wait= [KNL]
5983                         The probability weighting to use for the
5984                         smp_call_function_many() function with a
5985                         non-zero "wait" parameter.  See weight_single
5986                         and weight_many.
5987 
5988         scftorture.weight_all= [KNL]
5989                         The probability weighting to use for the
5990                         smp_call_function_all() function with a zero
5991                         "wait" parameter.  See weight_single and
5992                         weight_many.
5993 
5994         scftorture.weight_all_wait= [KNL]
5995                         The probability weighting to use for the
5996                         smp_call_function_all() function with a
5997                         non-zero "wait" parameter.  See weight_single
5998                         and weight_many.
5999 
6000         skew_tick=      [KNL,EARLY] Offset the periodic timer tick per cpu to mitigate
6001                         xtime_lock contention on larger systems, and/or RCU lock
6002                         contention on all systems with CONFIG_MAXSMP set.
6003                         Format: { "0" | "1" }
6004                         0 -- disable. (may be 1 via CONFIG_CMDLINE="skew_tick=1"
6005                         1 -- enable.
6006                         Note: increases power consumption, thus should only be
6007                         enabled if running jitter sensitive (HPC/RT) workloads.
6008 
6009         security=       [SECURITY] Choose a legacy "major" security module to
6010                         enable at boot. This has been deprecated by the
6011                         "lsm=" parameter.
6012 
6013         selinux=        [SELINUX] Disable or enable SELinux at boot time.
6014                         Format: { "0" | "1" }
6015                         See security/selinux/Kconfig help text.
6016                         0 -- disable.
6017                         1 -- enable.
6018                         Default value is 1.
6019 
6020         serialnumber    [BUGS=X86-32]
6021 
6022         sev=option[,option...] [X86-64] See Documentation/arch/x86/x86_64/boot-options.rst
6023 
6024         shapers=        [NET]
6025                         Maximal number of shapers.
6026 
6027         show_lapic=     [APIC,X86] Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller
6028                         Limit apic dumping. The parameter defines the maximal
6029                         number of local apics being dumped. Also it is possible
6030                         to set it to "all" by meaning -- no limit here.
6031                         Format: { 1 (default) | 2 | ... | all }.
6032                         The parameter valid if only apic=debug or
6033                         apic=verbose is specified.
6034                         Example: apic=debug show_lapic=all
6035 
6036         slab_debug[=options[,slabs][;[options[,slabs]]...]      [MM]
6037                         Enabling slab_debug allows one to determine the
6038                         culprit if slab objects become corrupted. Enabling
6039                         slab_debug can create guard zones around objects and
6040                         may poison objects when not in use. Also tracks the
6041                         last alloc / free. For more information see
6042                         Documentation/mm/slub.rst.
6043                         (slub_debug legacy name also accepted for now)
6044 
6045         slab_max_order= [MM]
6046                         Determines the maximum allowed order for slabs.
6047                         A high setting may cause OOMs due to memory
6048                         fragmentation. For more information see
6049                         Documentation/mm/slub.rst.
6050                         (slub_max_order legacy name also accepted for now)
6051 
6052         slab_merge      [MM]
6053                         Enable merging of slabs with similar size when the
6054                         kernel is built without CONFIG_SLAB_MERGE_DEFAULT.
6055                         (slub_merge legacy name also accepted for now)
6056 
6057         slab_min_objects=       [MM]
6058                         The minimum number of objects per slab. SLUB will
6059                         increase the slab order up to slab_max_order to
6060                         generate a sufficiently large slab able to contain
6061                         the number of objects indicated. The higher the number
6062                         of objects the smaller the overhead of tracking slabs
6063                         and the less frequently locks need to be acquired.
6064                         For more information see Documentation/mm/slub.rst.
6065                         (slub_min_objects legacy name also accepted for now)
6066 
6067         slab_min_order= [MM]
6068                         Determines the minimum page order for slabs. Must be
6069                         lower or equal to slab_max_order. For more information see
6070                         Documentation/mm/slub.rst.
6071                         (slub_min_order legacy name also accepted for now)
6072 
6073         slab_nomerge    [MM]
6074                         Disable merging of slabs with similar size. May be
6075                         necessary if there is some reason to distinguish
6076                         allocs to different slabs, especially in hardened
6077                         environments where the risk of heap overflows and
6078                         layout control by attackers can usually be
6079                         frustrated by disabling merging. This will reduce
6080                         most of the exposure of a heap attack to a single
6081                         cache (risks via metadata attacks are mostly
6082                         unchanged). Debug options disable merging on their
6083                         own.
6084                         For more information see Documentation/mm/slub.rst.
6085                         (slub_nomerge legacy name also accepted for now)
6086 
6087         slram=          [HW,MTD]
6088 
6089         smart2=         [HW]
6090                         Format: <io1>[,<io2>[,...,<io8>]]
6091 
6092         smp.csd_lock_timeout= [KNL]
6093                         Specify the period of time in milliseconds
6094                         that smp_call_function() and friends will wait
6095                         for a CPU to release the CSD lock.  This is
6096                         useful when diagnosing bugs involving CPUs
6097                         disabling interrupts for extended periods
6098                         of time.  Defaults to 5,000 milliseconds, and
6099                         setting a value of zero disables this feature.
6100                         This feature may be more efficiently disabled
6101                         using the csdlock_debug- kernel parameter.
6102 
6103         smp.panic_on_ipistall= [KNL]
6104                         If a csd_lock_timeout extends for more than
6105                         the specified number of milliseconds, panic the
6106                         system.  By default, let CSD-lock acquisition
6107                         take as long as they take.  Specifying 300,000
6108                         for this value provides a 5-minute timeout.
6109 
6110         smsc-ircc2.nopnp        [HW] Don't use PNP to discover SMC devices
6111         smsc-ircc2.ircc_cfg=    [HW] Device configuration I/O port
6112         smsc-ircc2.ircc_sir=    [HW] SIR base I/O port
6113         smsc-ircc2.ircc_fir=    [HW] FIR base I/O port
6114         smsc-ircc2.ircc_irq=    [HW] IRQ line
6115         smsc-ircc2.ircc_dma=    [HW] DMA channel
6116         smsc-ircc2.ircc_transceiver= [HW] Transceiver type:
6117                                 0: Toshiba Satellite 1800 (GP data pin select)
6118                                 1: Fast pin select (default)
6119                                 2: ATC IRMode
6120 
6121         smt=            [KNL,MIPS,S390,EARLY] Set the maximum number of threads
6122                         (logical CPUs) to use per physical CPU on systems
6123                         capable of symmetric multithreading (SMT). Will
6124                         be capped to the actual hardware limit.
6125                         Format: <integer>
6126                         Default: -1 (no limit)
6127 
6128         softlockup_panic=
6129                         [KNL] Should the soft-lockup detector generate panics.
6130                         Format: 0 | 1
6131 
6132                         A value of 1 instructs the soft-lockup detector
6133                         to panic the machine when a soft-lockup occurs. It is
6134                         also controlled by the kernel.softlockup_panic sysctl
6135                         and CONFIG_BOOTPARAM_SOFTLOCKUP_PANIC, which is the
6136                         respective build-time switch to that functionality.
6137 
6138         softlockup_all_cpu_backtrace=
6139                         [KNL] Should the soft-lockup detector generate
6140                         backtraces on all cpus.
6141                         Format: 0 | 1
6142 
6143         sonypi.*=       [HW] Sony Programmable I/O Control Device driver
6144                         See Documentation/admin-guide/laptops/sonypi.rst
6145 
6146         spectre_bhi=    [X86] Control mitigation of Branch History Injection
6147                         (BHI) vulnerability.  This setting affects the
6148                         deployment of the HW BHI control and the SW BHB
6149                         clearing sequence.
6150 
6151                         on     - (default) Enable the HW or SW mitigation as
6152                                  needed.  This protects the kernel from
6153                                  both syscalls and VMs.
6154                         vmexit - On systems which don't have the HW mitigation
6155                                  available, enable the SW mitigation on vmexit
6156                                  ONLY.  On such systems, the host kernel is
6157                                  protected from VM-originated BHI attacks, but
6158                                  may still be vulnerable to syscall attacks.
6159                         off    - Disable the mitigation.
6160 
6161         spectre_v2=     [X86,EARLY] Control mitigation of Spectre variant 2
6162                         (indirect branch speculation) vulnerability.
6163                         The default operation protects the kernel from
6164                         user space attacks.
6165 
6166                         on   - unconditionally enable, implies
6167                                spectre_v2_user=on
6168                         off  - unconditionally disable, implies
6169                                spectre_v2_user=off
6170                         auto - kernel detects whether your CPU model is
6171                                vulnerable
6172 
6173                         Selecting 'on' will, and 'auto' may, choose a
6174                         mitigation method at run time according to the
6175                         CPU, the available microcode, the setting of the
6176                         CONFIG_MITIGATION_RETPOLINE configuration option,
6177                         and the compiler with which the kernel was built.
6178 
6179                         Selecting 'on' will also enable the mitigation
6180                         against user space to user space task attacks.
6181 
6182                         Selecting 'off' will disable both the kernel and
6183                         the user space protections.
6184 
6185                         Specific mitigations can also be selected manually:
6186 
6187                         retpoline         - replace indirect branches
6188                         retpoline,generic - Retpolines
6189                         retpoline,lfence  - LFENCE; indirect branch
6190                         retpoline,amd     - alias for retpoline,lfence
6191                         eibrs             - Enhanced/Auto IBRS
6192                         eibrs,retpoline   - Enhanced/Auto IBRS + Retpolines
6193                         eibrs,lfence      - Enhanced/Auto IBRS + LFENCE
6194                         ibrs              - use IBRS to protect kernel
6195 
6196                         Not specifying this option is equivalent to
6197                         spectre_v2=auto.
6198 
6199         spectre_v2_user=
6200                         [X86] Control mitigation of Spectre variant 2
6201                         (indirect branch speculation) vulnerability between
6202                         user space tasks
6203 
6204                         on      - Unconditionally enable mitigations. Is
6205                                   enforced by spectre_v2=on
6206 
6207                         off     - Unconditionally disable mitigations. Is
6208                                   enforced by spectre_v2=off
6209 
6210                         prctl   - Indirect branch speculation is enabled,
6211                                   but mitigation can be enabled via prctl
6212                                   per thread.  The mitigation control state
6213                                   is inherited on fork.
6214 
6215                         prctl,ibpb
6216                                 - Like "prctl" above, but only STIBP is
6217                                   controlled per thread. IBPB is issued
6218                                   always when switching between different user
6219                                   space processes.
6220 
6221                         seccomp
6222                                 - Same as "prctl" above, but all seccomp
6223                                   threads will enable the mitigation unless
6224                                   they explicitly opt out.
6225 
6226                         seccomp,ibpb
6227                                 - Like "seccomp" above, but only STIBP is
6228                                   controlled per thread. IBPB is issued
6229                                   always when switching between different
6230                                   user space processes.
6231 
6232                         auto    - Kernel selects the mitigation depending on
6233                                   the available CPU features and vulnerability.
6234 
6235                         Default mitigation: "prctl"
6236 
6237                         Not specifying this option is equivalent to
6238                         spectre_v2_user=auto.
6239 
6240         spec_rstack_overflow=
6241                         [X86,EARLY] Control RAS overflow mitigation on AMD Zen CPUs
6242 
6243                         off             - Disable mitigation
6244                         microcode       - Enable microcode mitigation only
6245                         safe-ret        - Enable sw-only safe RET mitigation (default)
6246                         ibpb            - Enable mitigation by issuing IBPB on
6247                                           kernel entry
6248                         ibpb-vmexit     - Issue IBPB only on VMEXIT
6249                                           (cloud-specific mitigation)
6250 
6251         spec_store_bypass_disable=
6252                         [HW,EARLY] Control Speculative Store Bypass (SSB) Disable mitigation
6253                         (Speculative Store Bypass vulnerability)
6254 
6255                         Certain CPUs are vulnerable to an exploit against a
6256                         a common industry wide performance optimization known
6257                         as "Speculative Store Bypass" in which recent stores
6258                         to the same memory location may not be observed by
6259                         later loads during speculative execution. The idea
6260                         is that such stores are unlikely and that they can
6261                         be detected prior to instruction retirement at the
6262                         end of a particular speculation execution window.
6263 
6264                         In vulnerable processors, the speculatively forwarded
6265                         store can be used in a cache side channel attack, for
6266                         example to read memory to which the attacker does not
6267                         directly have access (e.g. inside sandboxed code).
6268 
6269                         This parameter controls whether the Speculative Store
6270                         Bypass optimization is used.
6271 
6272                         On x86 the options are:
6273 
6274                         on      - Unconditionally disable Speculative Store Bypass
6275                         off     - Unconditionally enable Speculative Store Bypass
6276                         auto    - Kernel detects whether the CPU model contains an
6277                                   implementation of Speculative Store Bypass and
6278                                   picks the most appropriate mitigation. If the
6279                                   CPU is not vulnerable, "off" is selected. If the
6280                                   CPU is vulnerable the default mitigation is
6281                                   architecture and Kconfig dependent. See below.
6282                         prctl   - Control Speculative Store Bypass per thread
6283                                   via prctl. Speculative Store Bypass is enabled
6284                                   for a process by default. The state of the control
6285                                   is inherited on fork.
6286                         seccomp - Same as "prctl" above, but all seccomp threads
6287                                   will disable SSB unless they explicitly opt out.
6288 
6289                         Default mitigations:
6290                         X86:    "prctl"
6291 
6292                         On powerpc the options are:
6293 
6294                         on,auto - On Power8 and Power9 insert a store-forwarding
6295                                   barrier on kernel entry and exit. On Power7
6296                                   perform a software flush on kernel entry and
6297                                   exit.
6298                         off     - No action.
6299 
6300                         Not specifying this option is equivalent to
6301                         spec_store_bypass_disable=auto.
6302 
6303         split_lock_detect=
6304                         [X86] Enable split lock detection or bus lock detection
6305 
6306                         When enabled (and if hardware support is present), atomic
6307                         instructions that access data across cache line
6308                         boundaries will result in an alignment check exception
6309                         for split lock detection or a debug exception for
6310                         bus lock detection.
6311 
6312                         off     - not enabled
6313 
6314                         warn    - the kernel will emit rate-limited warnings
6315                                   about applications triggering the #AC
6316                                   exception or the #DB exception. This mode is
6317                                   the default on CPUs that support split lock
6318                                   detection or bus lock detection. Default
6319                                   behavior is by #AC if both features are
6320                                   enabled in hardware.
6321 
6322                         fatal   - the kernel will send SIGBUS to applications
6323                                   that trigger the #AC exception or the #DB
6324                                   exception. Default behavior is by #AC if
6325                                   both features are enabled in hardware.
6326 
6327                         ratelimit:N -
6328                                   Set system wide rate limit to N bus locks
6329                                   per second for bus lock detection.
6330                                   0 < N <= 1000.
6331 
6332                                   N/A for split lock detection.
6333 
6334 
6335                         If an #AC exception is hit in the kernel or in
6336                         firmware (i.e. not while executing in user mode)
6337                         the kernel will oops in either "warn" or "fatal"
6338                         mode.
6339 
6340                         #DB exception for bus lock is triggered only when
6341                         CPL > 0.
6342 
6343         srbds=          [X86,INTEL,EARLY]
6344                         Control the Special Register Buffer Data Sampling
6345                         (SRBDS) mitigation.
6346 
6347                         Certain CPUs are vulnerable to an MDS-like
6348                         exploit which can leak bits from the random
6349                         number generator.
6350 
6351                         By default, this issue is mitigated by
6352                         microcode.  However, the microcode fix can cause
6353                         the RDRAND and RDSEED instructions to become
6354                         much slower.  Among other effects, this will
6355                         result in reduced throughput from /dev/urandom.
6356 
6357                         The microcode mitigation can be disabled with
6358                         the following option:
6359 
6360                         off:    Disable mitigation and remove
6361                                 performance impact to RDRAND and RDSEED
6362 
6363         srcutree.big_cpu_lim [KNL]
6364                         Specifies the number of CPUs constituting a
6365                         large system, such that srcu_struct structures
6366                         should immediately allocate an srcu_node array.
6367                         This kernel-boot parameter defaults to 128,
6368                         but takes effect only when the low-order four
6369                         bits of srcutree.convert_to_big is equal to 3
6370                         (decide at boot).
6371 
6372         srcutree.convert_to_big [KNL]
6373                         Specifies under what conditions an SRCU tree
6374                         srcu_struct structure will be converted to big
6375                         form, that is, with an rcu_node tree:
6376 
6377                                    0:  Never.
6378                                    1:  At init_srcu_struct() time.
6379                                    2:  When rcutorture decides to.
6380                                    3:  Decide at boot time (default).
6381                                 0x1X:  Above plus if high contention.
6382 
6383                         Either way, the srcu_node tree will be sized based
6384                         on the actual runtime number of CPUs (nr_cpu_ids)
6385                         instead of the compile-time CONFIG_NR_CPUS.
6386 
6387         srcutree.counter_wrap_check [KNL]
6388                         Specifies how frequently to check for
6389                         grace-period sequence counter wrap for the
6390                         srcu_data structure's ->srcu_gp_seq_needed field.
6391                         The greater the number of bits set in this kernel
6392                         parameter, the less frequently counter wrap will
6393                         be checked for.  Note that the bottom two bits
6394                         are ignored.
6395 
6396         srcutree.exp_holdoff [KNL]
6397                         Specifies how many nanoseconds must elapse
6398                         since the end of the last SRCU grace period for
6399                         a given srcu_struct until the next normal SRCU
6400                         grace period will be considered for automatic
6401                         expediting.  Set to zero to disable automatic
6402                         expediting.
6403 
6404         srcutree.srcu_max_nodelay [KNL]
6405                         Specifies the number of no-delay instances
6406                         per jiffy for which the SRCU grace period
6407                         worker thread will be rescheduled with zero
6408                         delay. Beyond this limit, worker thread will
6409                         be rescheduled with a sleep delay of one jiffy.
6410 
6411         srcutree.srcu_max_nodelay_phase [KNL]
6412                         Specifies the per-grace-period phase, number of
6413                         non-sleeping polls of readers. Beyond this limit,
6414                         grace period worker thread will be rescheduled
6415                         with a sleep delay of one jiffy, between each
6416                         rescan of the readers, for a grace period phase.
6417 
6418         srcutree.srcu_retry_check_delay [KNL]
6419                         Specifies number of microseconds of non-sleeping
6420                         delay between each non-sleeping poll of readers.
6421 
6422         srcutree.small_contention_lim [KNL]
6423                         Specifies the number of update-side contention
6424                         events per jiffy will be tolerated before
6425                         initiating a conversion of an srcu_struct
6426                         structure to big form.  Note that the value of
6427                         srcutree.convert_to_big must have the 0x10 bit
6428                         set for contention-based conversions to occur.
6429 
6430         ssbd=           [ARM64,HW,EARLY]
6431                         Speculative Store Bypass Disable control
6432 
6433                         On CPUs that are vulnerable to the Speculative
6434                         Store Bypass vulnerability and offer a
6435                         firmware based mitigation, this parameter
6436                         indicates how the mitigation should be used:
6437 
6438                         force-on:  Unconditionally enable mitigation for
6439                                    for both kernel and userspace
6440                         force-off: Unconditionally disable mitigation for
6441                                    for both kernel and userspace
6442                         kernel:    Always enable mitigation in the
6443                                    kernel, and offer a prctl interface
6444                                    to allow userspace to register its
6445                                    interest in being mitigated too.
6446 
6447         stack_guard_gap=        [MM]
6448                         override the default stack gap protection. The value
6449                         is in page units and it defines how many pages prior
6450                         to (for stacks growing down) resp. after (for stacks
6451                         growing up) the main stack are reserved for no other
6452                         mapping. Default value is 256 pages.
6453 
6454         stack_depot_disable= [KNL,EARLY]
6455                         Setting this to true through kernel command line will
6456                         disable the stack depot thereby saving the static memory
6457                         consumed by the stack hash table. By default this is set
6458                         to false.
6459 
6460         stacktrace      [FTRACE]
6461                         Enabled the stack tracer on boot up.
6462 
6463         stacktrace_filter=[function-list]
6464                         [FTRACE] Limit the functions that the stack tracer
6465                         will trace at boot up. function-list is a comma-separated
6466                         list of functions. This list can be changed at run
6467                         time by the stack_trace_filter file in the debugfs
6468                         tracing directory. Note, this enables stack tracing
6469                         and the stacktrace above is not needed.
6470 
6471         sti=            [PARISC,HW]
6472                         Format: <num>
6473                         Set the STI (builtin display/keyboard on the HP-PARISC
6474                         machines) console (graphic card) which should be used
6475                         as the initial boot-console.
6476                         See also comment in drivers/video/console/sticore.c.
6477 
6478         sti_font=       [HW]
6479                         See comment in drivers/video/console/sticore.c.
6480 
6481         stifb=          [HW]
6482                         Format: bpp:<bpp1>[:<bpp2>[:<bpp3>...]]
6483 
6484         strict_sas_size=
6485                         [X86]
6486                         Format: <bool>
6487                         Enable or disable strict sigaltstack size checks
6488                         against the required signal frame size which
6489                         depends on the supported FPU features. This can
6490                         be used to filter out binaries which have
6491                         not yet been made aware of AT_MINSIGSTKSZ.
6492 
6493         stress_hpt      [PPC,EARLY]
6494                         Limits the number of kernel HPT entries in the hash
6495                         page table to increase the rate of hash page table
6496                         faults on kernel addresses.
6497 
6498         stress_slb      [PPC,EARLY]
6499                         Limits the number of kernel SLB entries, and flushes
6500                         them frequently to increase the rate of SLB faults
6501                         on kernel addresses.
6502 
6503         sunrpc.min_resvport=
6504         sunrpc.max_resvport=
6505                         [NFS,SUNRPC]
6506                         SunRPC servers often require that client requests
6507                         originate from a privileged port (i.e. a port in the
6508                         range 0 < portnr < 1024).
6509                         An administrator who wishes to reserve some of these
6510                         ports for other uses may adjust the range that the
6511                         kernel's sunrpc client considers to be privileged
6512                         using these two parameters to set the minimum and
6513                         maximum port values.
6514 
6515         sunrpc.svc_rpc_per_connection_limit=
6516                         [NFS,SUNRPC]
6517                         Limit the number of requests that the server will
6518                         process in parallel from a single connection.
6519                         The default value is 0 (no limit).
6520 
6521         sunrpc.pool_mode=
6522                         [NFS]
6523                         Control how the NFS server code allocates CPUs to
6524                         service thread pools.  Depending on how many NICs
6525                         you have and where their interrupts are bound, this
6526                         option will affect which CPUs will do NFS serving.
6527                         Note: this parameter cannot be changed while the
6528                         NFS server is running.
6529 
6530                         auto        the server chooses an appropriate mode
6531                                     automatically using heuristics
6532                         global      a single global pool contains all CPUs
6533                         percpu      one pool for each CPU
6534                         pernode     one pool for each NUMA node (equivalent
6535                                     to global on non-NUMA machines)
6536 
6537         sunrpc.tcp_slot_table_entries=
6538         sunrpc.udp_slot_table_entries=
6539                         [NFS,SUNRPC]
6540                         Sets the upper limit on the number of simultaneous
6541                         RPC calls that can be sent from the client to a
6542                         server. Increasing these values may allow you to
6543                         improve throughput, but will also increase the
6544                         amount of memory reserved for use by the client.
6545 
6546         suspend.pm_test_delay=
6547                         [SUSPEND]
6548                         Sets the number of seconds to remain in a suspend test
6549                         mode before resuming the system (see
6550                         /sys/power/pm_test). Only available when CONFIG_PM_DEBUG
6551                         is set. Default value is 5.
6552 
6553         svm=            [PPC]
6554                         Format: { on | off | y | n | 1 | 0 }
6555                         This parameter controls use of the Protected
6556                         Execution Facility on pSeries.
6557 
6558         swiotlb=        [ARM,PPC,MIPS,X86,S390,EARLY]
6559                         Format: { <int> [,<int>] | force | noforce }
6560                         <int> -- Number of I/O TLB slabs
6561                         <int> -- Second integer after comma. Number of swiotlb
6562                                  areas with their own lock. Will be rounded up
6563                                  to a power of 2.
6564                         force -- force using of bounce buffers even if they
6565                                  wouldn't be automatically used by the kernel
6566                         noforce -- Never use bounce buffers (for debugging)
6567 
6568         switches=       [HW,M68k,EARLY]
6569 
6570         sysctl.*=       [KNL]
6571                         Set a sysctl parameter, right before loading the init
6572                         process, as if the value was written to the respective
6573                         /proc/sys/... file. Both '.' and '/' are recognized as
6574                         separators. Unrecognized parameters and invalid values
6575                         are reported in the kernel log. Sysctls registered
6576                         later by a loaded module cannot be set this way.
6577                         Example: sysctl.vm.swappiness=40
6578 
6579         sysrq_always_enabled
6580                         [KNL]
6581                         Ignore sysrq setting - this boot parameter will
6582                         neutralize any effect of /proc/sys/kernel/sysrq.
6583                         Useful for debugging.
6584 
6585         tcpmhash_entries= [KNL,NET]
6586                         Set the number of tcp_metrics_hash slots.
6587                         Default value is 8192 or 16384 depending on total
6588                         ram pages. This is used to specify the TCP metrics
6589                         cache size. See Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.rst
6590                         "tcp_no_metrics_save" section for more details.
6591 
6592         tdfx=           [HW,DRM]
6593 
6594         test_suspend=   [SUSPEND]
6595                         Format: { "mem" | "standby" | "freeze" }[,N]
6596                         Specify "mem" (for Suspend-to-RAM) or "standby" (for
6597                         standby suspend) or "freeze" (for suspend type freeze)
6598                         as the system sleep state during system startup with
6599                         the optional capability to repeat N number of times.
6600                         The system is woken from this state using a
6601                         wakeup-capable RTC alarm.
6602 
6603         thash_entries=  [KNL,NET]
6604                         Set number of hash buckets for TCP connection
6605 
6606         thermal.act=    [HW,ACPI]
6607                         -1: disable all active trip points in all thermal zones
6608                         <degrees C>: override all lowest active trip points
6609 
6610         thermal.crt=    [HW,ACPI]
6611                         -1: disable all critical trip points in all thermal zones
6612                         <degrees C>: override all critical trip points
6613 
6614         thermal.off=    [HW,ACPI]
6615                         1: disable ACPI thermal control
6616 
6617         thermal.psv=    [HW,ACPI]
6618                         -1: disable all passive trip points
6619                         <degrees C>: override all passive trip points to this
6620                         value
6621 
6622         thermal.tzp=    [HW,ACPI]
6623                         Specify global default ACPI thermal zone polling rate
6624                         <deci-seconds>: poll all this frequency
6625                         0: no polling (default)
6626 
6627         threadirqs      [KNL,EARLY]
6628                         Force threading of all interrupt handlers except those
6629                         marked explicitly IRQF_NO_THREAD.
6630 
6631         topology=       [S390,EARLY]
6632                         Format: {off | on}
6633                         Specify if the kernel should make use of the cpu
6634                         topology information if the hardware supports this.
6635                         The scheduler will make use of this information and
6636                         e.g. base its process migration decisions on it.
6637                         Default is on.
6638 
6639         torture.disable_onoff_at_boot= [KNL]
6640                         Prevent the CPU-hotplug component of torturing
6641                         until after init has spawned.
6642 
6643         torture.ftrace_dump_at_shutdown= [KNL]
6644                         Dump the ftrace buffer at torture-test shutdown,
6645                         even if there were no errors.  This can be a
6646                         very costly operation when many torture tests
6647                         are running concurrently, especially on systems
6648                         with rotating-rust storage.
6649 
6650         torture.verbose_sleep_frequency= [KNL]
6651                         Specifies how many verbose printk()s should be
6652                         emitted between each sleep.  The default of zero
6653                         disables verbose-printk() sleeping.
6654 
6655         torture.verbose_sleep_duration= [KNL]
6656                         Duration of each verbose-printk() sleep in jiffies.
6657 
6658         tpm_suspend_pcr=[HW,TPM]
6659                         Format: integer pcr id
6660                         Specify that at suspend time, the tpm driver
6661                         should extend the specified pcr with zeros,
6662                         as a workaround for some chips which fail to
6663                         flush the last written pcr on TPM_SaveState.
6664                         This will guarantee that all the other pcrs
6665                         are saved.
6666 
6667         tpm_tis.interrupts= [HW,TPM]
6668                         Enable interrupts for the MMIO based physical layer
6669                         for the FIFO interface. By default it is set to false
6670                         (0). For more information about TPM hardware interfaces
6671                         defined by Trusted Computing Group (TCG) see
6672                         https://trustedcomputinggroup.org/resource/pc-client-platform-tpm-profile-ptp-specification/
6673 
6674         tp_printk       [FTRACE]
6675                         Have the tracepoints sent to printk as well as the
6676                         tracing ring buffer. This is useful for early boot up
6677                         where the system hangs or reboots and does not give the
6678                         option for reading the tracing buffer or performing a
6679                         ftrace_dump_on_oops.
6680 
6681                         To turn off having tracepoints sent to printk,
6682                          echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/tracepoint_printk
6683                         Note, echoing 1 into this file without the
6684                         tp_printk kernel cmdline option has no effect.
6685 
6686                         The tp_printk_stop_on_boot (see below) can also be used
6687                         to stop the printing of events to console at
6688                         late_initcall_sync.
6689 
6690                         ** CAUTION **
6691 
6692                         Having tracepoints sent to printk() and activating high
6693                         frequency tracepoints such as irq or sched, can cause
6694                         the system to live lock.
6695 
6696         tp_printk_stop_on_boot [FTRACE]
6697                         When tp_printk (above) is set, it can cause a lot of noise
6698                         on the console. It may be useful to only include the
6699                         printing of events during boot up, as user space may
6700                         make the system inoperable.
6701 
6702                         This command line option will stop the printing of events
6703                         to console at the late_initcall_sync() time frame.
6704 
6705         trace_buf_size=nn[KMG]
6706                         [FTRACE] will set tracing buffer size on each cpu.
6707 
6708         trace_clock=    [FTRACE] Set the clock used for tracing events
6709                         at boot up.
6710                         local - Use the per CPU time stamp counter
6711                                 (converted into nanoseconds). Fast, but
6712                                 depending on the architecture, may not be
6713                                 in sync between CPUs.
6714                         global - Event time stamps are synchronize across
6715                                 CPUs. May be slower than the local clock,
6716                                 but better for some race conditions.
6717                         counter - Simple counting of events (1, 2, ..)
6718                                 note, some counts may be skipped due to the
6719                                 infrastructure grabbing the clock more than
6720                                 once per event.
6721                         uptime - Use jiffies as the time stamp.
6722                         perf - Use the same clock that perf uses.
6723                         mono - Use ktime_get_mono_fast_ns() for time stamps.
6724                         mono_raw - Use ktime_get_raw_fast_ns() for time
6725                                 stamps.
6726                         boot - Use ktime_get_boot_fast_ns() for time stamps.
6727                         Architectures may add more clocks. See
6728                         Documentation/trace/ftrace.rst for more details.
6729 
6730         trace_event=[event-list]
6731                         [FTRACE] Set and start specified trace events in order
6732                         to facilitate early boot debugging. The event-list is a
6733                         comma-separated list of trace events to enable. See
6734                         also Documentation/trace/events.rst
6735 
6736         trace_instance=[instance-info]
6737                         [FTRACE] Create a ring buffer instance early in boot up.
6738                         This will be listed in:
6739 
6740                                 /sys/kernel/tracing/instances
6741 
6742                         Events can be enabled at the time the instance is created
6743                         via:
6744 
6745                                 trace_instance=<name>,<system1>:<event1>,<system2>:<event2>
6746 
6747                         Note, the "<system*>:" portion is optional if the event is
6748                         unique.
6749 
6750                                 trace_instance=foo,sched:sched_switch,irq_handler_entry,initcall
6751 
6752                         will enable the "sched_switch" event (note, the "sched:" is optional, and
6753                         the same thing would happen if it was left off). The irq_handler_entry
6754                         event, and all events under the "initcall" system.
6755 
6756         trace_options=[option-list]
6757                         [FTRACE] Enable or disable tracer options at boot.
6758                         The option-list is a comma delimited list of options
6759                         that can be enabled or disabled just as if you were
6760                         to echo the option name into
6761 
6762                             /sys/kernel/tracing/trace_options
6763 
6764                         For example, to enable stacktrace option (to dump the
6765                         stack trace of each event), add to the command line:
6766 
6767                               trace_options=stacktrace
6768 
6769                         See also Documentation/trace/ftrace.rst "trace options"
6770                         section.
6771 
6772         trace_trigger=[trigger-list]
6773                         [FTRACE] Add a event trigger on specific events.
6774                         Set a trigger on top of a specific event, with an optional
6775                         filter.
6776 
6777                         The format is is "trace_trigger=<event>.<trigger>[ if <filter>],..."
6778                         Where more than one trigger may be specified that are comma deliminated.
6779 
6780                         For example:
6781 
6782                           trace_trigger="sched_switch.stacktrace if prev_state == 2"
6783 
6784                         The above will enable the "stacktrace" trigger on the "sched_switch"
6785                         event but only trigger it if the "prev_state" of the "sched_switch"
6786                         event is "2" (TASK_UNINTERUPTIBLE).
6787 
6788                         See also "Event triggers" in Documentation/trace/events.rst
6789 
6790 
6791         traceoff_on_warning
6792                         [FTRACE] enable this option to disable tracing when a
6793                         warning is hit. This turns off "tracing_on". Tracing can
6794                         be enabled again by echoing '1' into the "tracing_on"
6795                         file located in /sys/kernel/tracing/
6796 
6797                         This option is useful, as it disables the trace before
6798                         the WARNING dump is called, which prevents the trace to
6799                         be filled with content caused by the warning output.
6800 
6801                         This option can also be set at run time via the sysctl
6802                         option:  kernel/traceoff_on_warning
6803 
6804         transparent_hugepage=
6805                         [KNL]
6806                         Format: [always|madvise|never]
6807                         Can be used to control the default behavior of the system
6808                         with respect to transparent hugepages.
6809                         See Documentation/admin-guide/mm/transhuge.rst
6810                         for more details.
6811 
6812         trusted.source= [KEYS]
6813                         Format: <string>
6814                         This parameter identifies the trust source as a backend
6815                         for trusted keys implementation. Supported trust
6816                         sources:
6817                         - "tpm"
6818                         - "tee"
6819                         - "caam"
6820                         - "dcp"
6821                         If not specified then it defaults to iterating through
6822                         the trust source list starting with TPM and assigns the
6823                         first trust source as a backend which is initialized
6824                         successfully during iteration.
6825 
6826         trusted.rng=    [KEYS]
6827                         Format: <string>
6828                         The RNG used to generate key material for trusted keys.
6829                         Can be one of:
6830                         - "kernel"
6831                         - the same value as trusted.source: "tpm" or "tee"
6832                         - "default"
6833                         If not specified, "default" is used. In this case,
6834                         the RNG's choice is left to each individual trust source.
6835 
6836         trusted.dcp_use_otp_key
6837                         This is intended to be used in combination with
6838                         trusted.source=dcp and will select the DCP OTP key
6839                         instead of the DCP UNIQUE key blob encryption.
6840 
6841         trusted.dcp_skip_zk_test
6842                         This is intended to be used in combination with
6843                         trusted.source=dcp and will disable the check if the
6844                         blob key is all zeros. This is helpful for situations where
6845                         having this key zero'ed is acceptable. E.g. in testing
6846                         scenarios.
6847 
6848         tsc=            Disable clocksource stability checks for TSC.
6849                         Format: <string>
6850                         [x86] reliable: mark tsc clocksource as reliable, this
6851                         disables clocksource verification at runtime, as well
6852                         as the stability checks done at bootup. Used to enable
6853                         high-resolution timer mode on older hardware, and in
6854                         virtualized environment.
6855                         [x86] noirqtime: Do not use TSC to do irq accounting.
6856                         Used to run time disable IRQ_TIME_ACCOUNTING on any
6857                         platforms where RDTSC is slow and this accounting
6858                         can add overhead.
6859                         [x86] unstable: mark the TSC clocksource as unstable, this
6860                         marks the TSC unconditionally unstable at bootup and
6861                         avoids any further wobbles once the TSC watchdog notices.
6862                         [x86] nowatchdog: disable clocksource watchdog. Used
6863                         in situations with strict latency requirements (where
6864                         interruptions from clocksource watchdog are not
6865                         acceptable).
6866                         [x86] recalibrate: force recalibration against a HW timer
6867                         (HPET or PM timer) on systems whose TSC frequency was
6868                         obtained from HW or FW using either an MSR or CPUID(0x15).
6869                         Warn if the difference is more than 500 ppm.
6870                         [x86] watchdog: Use TSC as the watchdog clocksource with
6871                         which to check other HW timers (HPET or PM timer), but
6872                         only on systems where TSC has been deemed trustworthy.
6873                         This will be suppressed by an earlier tsc=nowatchdog and
6874                         can be overridden by a later tsc=nowatchdog.  A console
6875                         message will flag any such suppression or overriding.
6876 
6877         tsc_early_khz=  [X86,EARLY] Skip early TSC calibration and use the given
6878                         value instead. Useful when the early TSC frequency discovery
6879                         procedure is not reliable, such as on overclocked systems
6880                         with CPUID.16h support and partial CPUID.15h support.
6881                         Format: <unsigned int>
6882 
6883         tsx=            [X86] Control Transactional Synchronization
6884                         Extensions (TSX) feature in Intel processors that
6885                         support TSX control.
6886 
6887                         This parameter controls the TSX feature. The options are:
6888 
6889                         on      - Enable TSX on the system. Although there are
6890                                 mitigations for all known security vulnerabilities,
6891                                 TSX has been known to be an accelerator for
6892                                 several previous speculation-related CVEs, and
6893                                 so there may be unknown security risks associated
6894                                 with leaving it enabled.
6895 
6896                         off     - Disable TSX on the system. (Note that this
6897                                 option takes effect only on newer CPUs which are
6898                                 not vulnerable to MDS, i.e., have
6899                                 MSR_IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES.MDS_NO=1 and which get
6900                                 the new IA32_TSX_CTRL MSR through a microcode
6901                                 update. This new MSR allows for the reliable
6902                                 deactivation of the TSX functionality.)
6903 
6904                         auto    - Disable TSX if X86_BUG_TAA is present,
6905                                   otherwise enable TSX on the system.
6906 
6907                         Not specifying this option is equivalent to tsx=off.
6908 
6909                         See Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/tsx_async_abort.rst
6910                         for more details.
6911 
6912         tsx_async_abort= [X86,INTEL,EARLY] Control mitigation for the TSX Async
6913                         Abort (TAA) vulnerability.
6914 
6915                         Similar to Micro-architectural Data Sampling (MDS)
6916                         certain CPUs that support Transactional
6917                         Synchronization Extensions (TSX) are vulnerable to an
6918                         exploit against CPU internal buffers which can forward
6919                         information to a disclosure gadget under certain
6920                         conditions.
6921 
6922                         In vulnerable processors, the speculatively forwarded
6923                         data can be used in a cache side channel attack, to
6924                         access data to which the attacker does not have direct
6925                         access.
6926 
6927                         This parameter controls the TAA mitigation.  The
6928                         options are:
6929 
6930                         full       - Enable TAA mitigation on vulnerable CPUs
6931                                      if TSX is enabled.
6932 
6933                         full,nosmt - Enable TAA mitigation and disable SMT on
6934                                      vulnerable CPUs. If TSX is disabled, SMT
6935                                      is not disabled because CPU is not
6936                                      vulnerable to cross-thread TAA attacks.
6937                         off        - Unconditionally disable TAA mitigation
6938 
6939                         On MDS-affected machines, tsx_async_abort=off can be
6940                         prevented by an active MDS mitigation as both vulnerabilities
6941                         are mitigated with the same mechanism so in order to disable
6942                         this mitigation, you need to specify mds=off too.
6943 
6944                         Not specifying this option is equivalent to
6945                         tsx_async_abort=full.  On CPUs which are MDS affected
6946                         and deploy MDS mitigation, TAA mitigation is not
6947                         required and doesn't provide any additional
6948                         mitigation.
6949 
6950                         For details see:
6951                         Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/tsx_async_abort.rst
6952 
6953         turbografx.map[2|3]=    [HW,JOY]
6954                         TurboGraFX parallel port interface
6955                         Format:
6956                         <port#>,<js1>,<js2>,<js3>,<js4>,<js5>,<js6>,<js7>
6957                         See also Documentation/input/devices/joystick-parport.rst
6958 
6959         udbg-immortal   [PPC] When debugging early kernel crashes that
6960                         happen after console_init() and before a proper
6961                         console driver takes over, this boot options might
6962                         help "seeing" what's going on.
6963 
6964         uhash_entries=  [KNL,NET]
6965                         Set number of hash buckets for UDP/UDP-Lite connections
6966 
6967         uhci-hcd.ignore_oc=
6968                         [USB] Ignore overcurrent events (default N).
6969                         Some badly-designed motherboards generate lots of
6970                         bogus events, for ports that aren't wired to
6971                         anything.  Set this parameter to avoid log spamming.
6972                         Note that genuine overcurrent events won't be
6973                         reported either.
6974 
6975         unknown_nmi_panic
6976                         [X86] Cause panic on unknown NMI.
6977 
6978         unwind_debug    [X86-64,EARLY]
6979                         Enable unwinder debug output.  This can be
6980                         useful for debugging certain unwinder error
6981                         conditions, including corrupt stacks and
6982                         bad/missing unwinder metadata.
6983 
6984         usbcore.authorized_default=
6985                         [USB] Default USB device authorization:
6986                         (default -1 = authorized (same as 1),
6987                         0 = not authorized, 1 = authorized, 2 = authorized
6988                         if device connected to internal port)
6989 
6990         usbcore.autosuspend=
6991                         [USB] The autosuspend time delay (in seconds) used
6992                         for newly-detected USB devices (default 2).  This
6993                         is the time required before an idle device will be
6994                         autosuspended.  Devices for which the delay is set
6995                         to a negative value won't be autosuspended at all.
6996 
6997         usbcore.usbfs_snoop=
6998                         [USB] Set to log all usbfs traffic (default 0 = off).
6999 
7000         usbcore.usbfs_snoop_max=
7001                         [USB] Maximum number of bytes to snoop in each URB
7002                         (default = 65536).
7003 
7004         usbcore.blinkenlights=
7005                         [USB] Set to cycle leds on hubs (default 0 = off).
7006 
7007         usbcore.old_scheme_first=
7008                         [USB] Start with the old device initialization
7009                         scheme (default 0 = off).
7010 
7011         usbcore.usbfs_memory_mb=
7012                         [USB] Memory limit (in MB) for buffers allocated by
7013                         usbfs (default = 16, 0 = max = 2047).
7014 
7015         usbcore.use_both_schemes=
7016                         [USB] Try the other device initialization scheme
7017                         if the first one fails (default 1 = enabled).
7018 
7019         usbcore.initial_descriptor_timeout=
7020                         [USB] Specifies timeout for the initial 64-byte
7021                         USB_REQ_GET_DESCRIPTOR request in milliseconds
7022                         (default 5000 = 5.0 seconds).
7023 
7024         usbcore.nousb   [USB] Disable the USB subsystem
7025 
7026         usbcore.quirks=
7027                         [USB] A list of quirk entries to augment the built-in
7028                         usb core quirk list. List entries are separated by
7029                         commas. Each entry has the form
7030                         VendorID:ProductID:Flags. The IDs are 4-digit hex
7031                         numbers and Flags is a set of letters. Each letter
7032                         will change the built-in quirk; setting it if it is
7033                         clear and clearing it if it is set. The letters have
7034                         the following meanings:
7035                                 a = USB_QUIRK_STRING_FETCH_255 (string
7036                                         descriptors must not be fetched using
7037                                         a 255-byte read);
7038                                 b = USB_QUIRK_RESET_RESUME (device can't resume
7039                                         correctly so reset it instead);
7040                                 c = USB_QUIRK_NO_SET_INTF (device can't handle
7041                                         Set-Interface requests);
7042                                 d = USB_QUIRK_CONFIG_INTF_STRINGS (device can't
7043                                         handle its Configuration or Interface
7044                                         strings);
7045                                 e = USB_QUIRK_RESET (device can't be reset
7046                                         (e.g morph devices), don't use reset);
7047                                 f = USB_QUIRK_HONOR_BNUMINTERFACES (device has
7048                                         more interface descriptions than the
7049                                         bNumInterfaces count, and can't handle
7050                                         talking to these interfaces);
7051                                 g = USB_QUIRK_DELAY_INIT (device needs a pause
7052                                         during initialization, after we read
7053                                         the device descriptor);
7054                                 h = USB_QUIRK_LINEAR_UFRAME_INTR_BINTERVAL (For
7055                                         high speed and super speed interrupt
7056                                         endpoints, the USB 2.0 and USB 3.0 spec
7057                                         require the interval in microframes (1
7058                                         microframe = 125 microseconds) to be
7059                                         calculated as interval = 2 ^
7060                                         (bInterval-1).
7061                                         Devices with this quirk report their
7062                                         bInterval as the result of this
7063                                         calculation instead of the exponent
7064                                         variable used in the calculation);
7065                                 i = USB_QUIRK_DEVICE_QUALIFIER (device can't
7066                                         handle device_qualifier descriptor
7067                                         requests);
7068                                 j = USB_QUIRK_IGNORE_REMOTE_WAKEUP (device
7069                                         generates spurious wakeup, ignore
7070                                         remote wakeup capability);
7071                                 k = USB_QUIRK_NO_LPM (device can't handle Link
7072                                         Power Management);
7073                                 l = USB_QUIRK_LINEAR_FRAME_INTR_BINTERVAL
7074                                         (Device reports its bInterval as linear
7075                                         frames instead of the USB 2.0
7076                                         calculation);
7077                                 m = USB_QUIRK_DISCONNECT_SUSPEND (Device needs
7078                                         to be disconnected before suspend to
7079                                         prevent spurious wakeup);
7080                                 n = USB_QUIRK_DELAY_CTRL_MSG (Device needs a
7081                                         pause after every control message);
7082                                 o = USB_QUIRK_HUB_SLOW_RESET (Hub needs extra
7083                                         delay after resetting its port);
7084                                 p = USB_QUIRK_SHORT_SET_ADDRESS_REQ_TIMEOUT
7085                                         (Reduce timeout of the SET_ADDRESS
7086                                         request from 5000 ms to 500 ms);
7087                         Example: quirks=0781:5580:bk,0a5c:5834:gij
7088 
7089         usbhid.mousepoll=
7090                         [USBHID] The interval which mice are to be polled at.
7091 
7092         usbhid.jspoll=
7093                         [USBHID] The interval which joysticks are to be polled at.
7094 
7095         usbhid.kbpoll=
7096                         [USBHID] The interval which keyboards are to be polled at.
7097 
7098         usb-storage.delay_use=
7099                         [UMS] The delay in seconds before a new device is
7100                         scanned for Logical Units (default 1).
7101                         Optionally the delay in milliseconds if the value has
7102                         suffix with "ms".
7103                         Example: delay_use=2567ms
7104 
7105         usb-storage.quirks=
7106                         [UMS] A list of quirks entries to supplement or
7107                         override the built-in unusual_devs list.  List
7108                         entries are separated by commas.  Each entry has
7109                         the form VID:PID:Flags where VID and PID are Vendor
7110                         and Product ID values (4-digit hex numbers) and
7111                         Flags is a set of characters, each corresponding
7112                         to a common usb-storage quirk flag as follows:
7113                                 a = SANE_SENSE (collect more than 18 bytes
7114                                         of sense data, not on uas);
7115                                 b = BAD_SENSE (don't collect more than 18
7116                                         bytes of sense data, not on uas);
7117                                 c = FIX_CAPACITY (decrease the reported
7118                                         device capacity by one sector);
7119                                 d = NO_READ_DISC_INFO (don't use
7120                                         READ_DISC_INFO command, not on uas);
7121                                 e = NO_READ_CAPACITY_16 (don't use
7122                                         READ_CAPACITY_16 command);
7123                                 f = NO_REPORT_OPCODES (don't use report opcodes
7124                                         command, uas only);
7125                                 g = MAX_SECTORS_240 (don't transfer more than
7126                                         240 sectors at a time, uas only);
7127                                 h = CAPACITY_HEURISTICS (decrease the
7128                                         reported device capacity by one
7129                                         sector if the number is odd);
7130                                 i = IGNORE_DEVICE (don't bind to this
7131                                         device);
7132                                 j = NO_REPORT_LUNS (don't use report luns
7133                                         command, uas only);
7134                                 k = NO_SAME (do not use WRITE_SAME, uas only)
7135                                 l = NOT_LOCKABLE (don't try to lock and
7136                                         unlock ejectable media, not on uas);
7137                                 m = MAX_SECTORS_64 (don't transfer more
7138                                         than 64 sectors = 32 KB at a time,
7139                                         not on uas);
7140                                 n = INITIAL_READ10 (force a retry of the
7141                                         initial READ(10) command, not on uas);
7142                                 o = CAPACITY_OK (accept the capacity
7143                                         reported by the device, not on uas);
7144                                 p = WRITE_CACHE (the device cache is ON
7145                                         by default, not on uas);
7146                                 r = IGNORE_RESIDUE (the device reports
7147                                         bogus residue values, not on uas);
7148                                 s = SINGLE_LUN (the device has only one
7149                                         Logical Unit);
7150                                 t = NO_ATA_1X (don't allow ATA(12) and ATA(16)
7151                                         commands, uas only);
7152                                 u = IGNORE_UAS (don't bind to the uas driver);
7153                                 w = NO_WP_DETECT (don't test whether the
7154                                         medium is write-protected).
7155                                 y = ALWAYS_SYNC (issue a SYNCHRONIZE_CACHE
7156                                         even if the device claims no cache,
7157                                         not on uas)
7158                         Example: quirks=0419:aaf5:rl,0421:0433:rc
7159 
7160         user_debug=     [KNL,ARM]
7161                         Format: <int>
7162                         See arch/arm/Kconfig.debug help text.
7163                                  1 - undefined instruction events
7164                                  2 - system calls
7165                                  4 - invalid data aborts
7166                                  8 - SIGSEGV faults
7167                                 16 - SIGBUS faults
7168                         Example: user_debug=31
7169 
7170         userpte=
7171                         [X86,EARLY] Flags controlling user PTE allocations.
7172 
7173                                 nohigh = do not allocate PTE pages in
7174                                         HIGHMEM regardless of setting
7175                                         of CONFIG_HIGHPTE.
7176 
7177         vdso=           [X86,SH,SPARC]
7178                         On X86_32, this is an alias for vdso32=.  Otherwise:
7179 
7180                         vdso=1: enable VDSO (the default)
7181                         vdso=0: disable VDSO mapping
7182 
7183         vdso32=         [X86] Control the 32-bit vDSO
7184                         vdso32=1: enable 32-bit VDSO
7185                         vdso32=0 or vdso32=2: disable 32-bit VDSO
7186 
7187                         See the help text for CONFIG_COMPAT_VDSO for more
7188                         details.  If CONFIG_COMPAT_VDSO is set, the default is
7189                         vdso32=0; otherwise, the default is vdso32=1.
7190 
7191                         For compatibility with older kernels, vdso32=2 is an
7192                         alias for vdso32=0.
7193 
7194                         Try vdso32=0 if you encounter an error that says:
7195                         dl_main: Assertion `(void *) ph->p_vaddr == _rtld_local._dl_sysinfo_dso' failed!
7196 
7197         video=          [FB,EARLY] Frame buffer configuration
7198                         See Documentation/fb/modedb.rst.
7199 
7200         video.brightness_switch_enabled= [ACPI]
7201                         Format: [0|1]
7202                         If set to 1, on receiving an ACPI notify event
7203                         generated by hotkey, video driver will adjust brightness
7204                         level and then send out the event to user space through
7205                         the allocated input device. If set to 0, video driver
7206                         will only send out the event without touching backlight
7207                         brightness level.
7208                         default: 1
7209 
7210         virtio_mmio.device=
7211                         [VMMIO] Memory mapped virtio (platform) device.
7212 
7213                                 <size>@<baseaddr>:<irq>[:<id>]
7214                         where:
7215                                 <size>     := size (can use standard suffixes
7216                                                 like K, M and G)
7217                                 <baseaddr> := physical base address
7218                                 <irq>      := interrupt number (as passed to
7219                                                 request_irq())
7220                                 <id>       := (optional) platform device id
7221                         example:
7222                                 virtio_mmio.device=1K@0x100b0000:48:7
7223 
7224                         Can be used multiple times for multiple devices.
7225 
7226         vga=            [BOOT,X86-32] Select a particular video mode
7227                         See Documentation/arch/x86/boot.rst and
7228                         Documentation/admin-guide/svga.rst.
7229                         Use vga=ask for menu.
7230                         This is actually a boot loader parameter; the value is
7231                         passed to the kernel using a special protocol.
7232 
7233         vm_debug[=options]      [KNL] Available with CONFIG_DEBUG_VM=y.
7234                         May slow down system boot speed, especially when
7235                         enabled on systems with a large amount of memory.
7236                         All options are enabled by default, and this
7237                         interface is meant to allow for selectively
7238                         enabling or disabling specific virtual memory
7239                         debugging features.
7240 
7241                         Available options are:
7242                           P     Enable page structure init time poisoning
7243                           -     Disable all of the above options
7244 
7245         vmalloc=nn[KMG] [KNL,BOOT,EARLY] Forces the vmalloc area to have an
7246                         exact size of <nn>. This can be used to increase
7247                         the minimum size (128MB on x86, arm32 platforms).
7248                         It can also be used to decrease the size and leave more room
7249                         for directly mapped kernel RAM. Note that this parameter does
7250                         not exist on many other platforms (including arm64, alpha,
7251                         loongarch, arc, csky, hexagon, microblaze, mips, nios2, openrisc,
7252                         parisc, m64k, powerpc, riscv, sh, um, xtensa, s390, sparc).
7253 
7254         vmcp_cma=nn[MG] [KNL,S390,EARLY]
7255                         Sets the memory size reserved for contiguous memory
7256                         allocations for the vmcp device driver.
7257 
7258         vmhalt=         [KNL,S390] Perform z/VM CP command after system halt.
7259                         Format: <command>
7260 
7261         vmpanic=        [KNL,S390] Perform z/VM CP command after kernel panic.
7262                         Format: <command>
7263 
7264         vmpoff=         [KNL,S390] Perform z/VM CP command after power off.
7265                         Format: <command>
7266 
7267         vsyscall=       [X86-64,EARLY]
7268                         Controls the behavior of vsyscalls (i.e. calls to
7269                         fixed addresses of 0xffffffffff600x00 from legacy
7270                         code).  Most statically-linked binaries and older
7271                         versions of glibc use these calls.  Because these
7272                         functions are at fixed addresses, they make nice
7273                         targets for exploits that can control RIP.
7274 
7275                         emulate     Vsyscalls turn into traps and are emulated
7276                                     reasonably safely.  The vsyscall page is
7277                                     readable.
7278 
7279                         xonly       [default] Vsyscalls turn into traps and are
7280                                     emulated reasonably safely.  The vsyscall
7281                                     page is not readable.
7282 
7283                         none        Vsyscalls don't work at all.  This makes
7284                                     them quite hard to use for exploits but
7285                                     might break your system.
7286 
7287         vt.color=       [VT] Default text color.
7288                         Format: 0xYX, X = foreground, Y = background.
7289                         Default: 0x07 = light gray on black.
7290 
7291         vt.cur_default= [VT] Default cursor shape.
7292                         Format: 0xCCBBAA, where AA, BB, and CC are the same as
7293                         the parameters of the <Esc>[?A;B;Cc escape sequence;
7294                         see VGA-softcursor.txt. Default: 2 = underline.
7295 
7296         vt.default_blu= [VT]
7297                         Format: <blue0>,<blue1>,<blue2>,...,<blue15>
7298                         Change the default blue palette of the console.
7299                         This is a 16-member array composed of values
7300                         ranging from 0-255.
7301 
7302         vt.default_grn= [VT]
7303                         Format: <green0>,<green1>,<green2>,...,<green15>
7304                         Change the default green palette of the console.
7305                         This is a 16-member array composed of values
7306                         ranging from 0-255.
7307 
7308         vt.default_red= [VT]
7309                         Format: <red0>,<red1>,<red2>,...,<red15>
7310                         Change the default red palette of the console.
7311                         This is a 16-member array composed of values
7312                         ranging from 0-255.
7313 
7314         vt.default_utf8=
7315                         [VT]
7316                         Format=<0|1>
7317                         Set system-wide default UTF-8 mode for all tty's.
7318                         Default is 1, i.e. UTF-8 mode is enabled for all
7319                         newly opened terminals.
7320 
7321         vt.global_cursor_default=
7322                         [VT]
7323                         Format=<-1|0|1>
7324                         Set system-wide default for whether a cursor
7325                         is shown on new VTs. Default is -1,
7326                         i.e. cursors will be created by default unless
7327                         overridden by individual drivers. 0 will hide
7328                         cursors, 1 will display them.
7329 
7330         vt.italic=      [VT] Default color for italic text; 0-15.
7331                         Default: 2 = green.
7332 
7333         vt.underline=   [VT] Default color for underlined text; 0-15.
7334                         Default: 3 = cyan.
7335 
7336         watchdog timers [HW,WDT] For information on watchdog timers,
7337                         see Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.rst
7338                         or other driver-specific files in the
7339                         Documentation/watchdog/ directory.
7340 
7341         watchdog_thresh=
7342                         [KNL]
7343                         Set the hard lockup detector stall duration
7344                         threshold in seconds. The soft lockup detector
7345                         threshold is set to twice the value. A value of 0
7346                         disables both lockup detectors. Default is 10
7347                         seconds.
7348 
7349         workqueue.unbound_cpus=
7350                         [KNL,SMP] Specify to constrain one or some CPUs
7351                         to use in unbound workqueues.
7352                         Format: <cpu-list>
7353                         By default, all online CPUs are available for
7354                         unbound workqueues.
7355 
7356         workqueue.watchdog_thresh=
7357                         If CONFIG_WQ_WATCHDOG is configured, workqueue can
7358                         warn stall conditions and dump internal state to
7359                         help debugging.  0 disables workqueue stall
7360                         detection; otherwise, it's the stall threshold
7361                         duration in seconds.  The default value is 30 and
7362                         it can be updated at runtime by writing to the
7363                         corresponding sysfs file.
7364 
7365         workqueue.cpu_intensive_thresh_us=
7366                         Per-cpu work items which run for longer than this
7367                         threshold are automatically considered CPU intensive
7368                         and excluded from concurrency management to prevent
7369                         them from noticeably delaying other per-cpu work
7370                         items. Default is 10000 (10ms).
7371 
7372                         If CONFIG_WQ_CPU_INTENSIVE_REPORT is set, the kernel
7373                         will report the work functions which violate this
7374                         threshold repeatedly. They are likely good
7375                         candidates for using WQ_UNBOUND workqueues instead.
7376 
7377         workqueue.cpu_intensive_warning_thresh=<uint>
7378                         If CONFIG_WQ_CPU_INTENSIVE_REPORT is set, the kernel
7379                         will report the work functions which violate the
7380                         intensive_threshold_us repeatedly. In order to prevent
7381                         spurious warnings, start printing only after a work
7382                         function has violated this threshold number of times.
7383 
7384                         The default is 4 times. 0 disables the warning.
7385 
7386         workqueue.power_efficient
7387                         Per-cpu workqueues are generally preferred because
7388                         they show better performance thanks to cache
7389                         locality; unfortunately, per-cpu workqueues tend to
7390                         be more power hungry than unbound workqueues.
7391 
7392                         Enabling this makes the per-cpu workqueues which
7393                         were observed to contribute significantly to power
7394                         consumption unbound, leading to measurably lower
7395                         power usage at the cost of small performance
7396                         overhead.
7397 
7398                         The default value of this parameter is determined by
7399                         the config option CONFIG_WQ_POWER_EFFICIENT_DEFAULT.
7400 
7401         workqueue.default_affinity_scope=
7402                         Select the default affinity scope to use for unbound
7403                         workqueues. Can be one of "cpu", "smt", "cache",
7404                         "numa" and "system". Default is "cache". For more
7405                         information, see the Affinity Scopes section in
7406                         Documentation/core-api/workqueue.rst.
7407 
7408                         This can be changed after boot by writing to the
7409                         matching /sys/module/workqueue/parameters file. All
7410                         workqueues with the "default" affinity scope will be
7411                         updated accordingly.
7412 
7413         workqueue.debug_force_rr_cpu
7414                         Workqueue used to implicitly guarantee that work
7415                         items queued without explicit CPU specified are put
7416                         on the local CPU.  This guarantee is no longer true
7417                         and while local CPU is still preferred work items
7418                         may be put on foreign CPUs.  This debug option
7419                         forces round-robin CPU selection to flush out
7420                         usages which depend on the now broken guarantee.
7421                         When enabled, memory and cache locality will be
7422                         impacted.
7423 
7424         writecombine=   [LOONGARCH,EARLY] Control the MAT (Memory Access
7425                         Type) of ioremap_wc().
7426 
7427                         on   - Enable writecombine, use WUC for ioremap_wc()
7428                         off  - Disable writecombine, use SUC for ioremap_wc()
7429 
7430         x2apic_phys     [X86-64,APIC,EARLY] Use x2apic physical mode instead of
7431                         default x2apic cluster mode on platforms
7432                         supporting x2apic.
7433 
7434         xen_512gb_limit         [KNL,X86-64,XEN]
7435                         Restricts the kernel running paravirtualized under Xen
7436                         to use only up to 512 GB of RAM. The reason to do so is
7437                         crash analysis tools and Xen tools for doing domain
7438                         save/restore/migration must be enabled to handle larger
7439                         domains.
7440 
7441         xen_emul_unplug=                [HW,X86,XEN,EARLY]
7442                         Unplug Xen emulated devices
7443                         Format: [unplug0,][unplug1]
7444                         ide-disks -- unplug primary master IDE devices
7445                         aux-ide-disks -- unplug non-primary-master IDE devices
7446                         nics -- unplug network devices
7447                         all -- unplug all emulated devices (NICs and IDE disks)
7448                         unnecessary -- unplugging emulated devices is
7449                                 unnecessary even if the host did not respond to
7450                                 the unplug protocol
7451                         never -- do not unplug even if version check succeeds
7452 
7453         xen_legacy_crash        [X86,XEN,EARLY]
7454                         Crash from Xen panic notifier, without executing late
7455                         panic() code such as dumping handler.
7456 
7457         xen_mc_debug    [X86,XEN,EARLY]
7458                         Enable multicall debugging when running as a Xen PV guest.
7459                         Enabling this feature will reduce performance a little
7460                         bit, so it should only be enabled for obtaining extended
7461                         debug data in case of multicall errors.
7462 
7463         xen_msr_safe=   [X86,XEN,EARLY]
7464                         Format: <bool>
7465                         Select whether to always use non-faulting (safe) MSR
7466                         access functions when running as Xen PV guest. The
7467                         default value is controlled by CONFIG_XEN_PV_MSR_SAFE.
7468 
7469         xen_nopv        [X86]
7470                         Disables the PV optimizations forcing the HVM guest to
7471                         run as generic HVM guest with no PV drivers.
7472                         This option is obsoleted by the "nopv" option, which
7473                         has equivalent effect for XEN platform.
7474 
7475         xen_no_vector_callback
7476                         [KNL,X86,XEN,EARLY] Disable the vector callback for Xen
7477                         event channel interrupts.
7478 
7479         xen_scrub_pages=        [XEN]
7480                         Boolean option to control scrubbing pages before giving them back
7481                         to Xen, for use by other domains. Can be also changed at runtime
7482                         with /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/scrub_pages.
7483                         Default value controlled with CONFIG_XEN_SCRUB_PAGES_DEFAULT.
7484 
7485         xen_timer_slop= [X86-64,XEN,EARLY]
7486                         Set the timer slop (in nanoseconds) for the virtual Xen
7487                         timers (default is 100000). This adjusts the minimum
7488                         delta of virtualized Xen timers, where lower values
7489                         improve timer resolution at the expense of processing
7490                         more timer interrupts.
7491 
7492         xen.balloon_boot_timeout= [XEN]
7493                         The time (in seconds) to wait before giving up to boot
7494                         in case initial ballooning fails to free enough memory.
7495                         Applies only when running as HVM or PVH guest and
7496                         started with less memory configured than allowed at
7497                         max. Default is 180.
7498 
7499         xen.event_eoi_delay=    [XEN]
7500                         How long to delay EOI handling in case of event
7501                         storms (jiffies). Default is 10.
7502 
7503         xen.event_loop_timeout= [XEN]
7504                         After which time (jiffies) the event handling loop
7505                         should start to delay EOI handling. Default is 2.
7506 
7507         xen.fifo_events=        [XEN]
7508                         Boolean parameter to disable using fifo event handling
7509                         even if available. Normally fifo event handling is
7510                         preferred over the 2-level event handling, as it is
7511                         fairer and the number of possible event channels is
7512                         much higher. Default is on (use fifo events).
7513 
7514         xirc2ps_cs=     [NET,PCMCIA]
7515                         Format:
7516                         <irq>,<irq_mask>,<io>,<full_duplex>,<do_sound>,<lockup_hack>[,<irq2>[,<irq3>[,<irq4>]]]
7517 
7518         xive=           [PPC]
7519                         By default on POWER9 and above, the kernel will
7520                         natively use the XIVE interrupt controller. This option
7521                         allows the fallback firmware mode to be used:
7522 
7523                         off       Fallback to firmware control of XIVE interrupt
7524                                   controller on both pseries and powernv
7525                                   platforms. Only useful on POWER9 and above.
7526 
7527         xive.store-eoi=off      [PPC]
7528                         By default on POWER10 and above, the kernel will use
7529                         stores for EOI handling when the XIVE interrupt mode
7530                         is active. This option allows the XIVE driver to use
7531                         loads instead, as on POWER9.
7532 
7533         xhci-hcd.quirks         [USB,KNL]
7534                         A hex value specifying bitmask with supplemental xhci
7535                         host controller quirks. Meaning of each bit can be
7536                         consulted in header drivers/usb/host/xhci.h.
7537 
7538         xmon            [PPC,EARLY]
7539                         Format: { early | on | rw | ro | off }
7540                         Controls if xmon debugger is enabled. Default is off.
7541                         Passing only "xmon" is equivalent to "xmon=early".
7542                         early   Call xmon as early as possible on boot; xmon
7543                                 debugger is called from setup_arch().
7544                         on      xmon debugger hooks will be installed so xmon
7545                                 is only called on a kernel crash. Default mode,
7546                                 i.e. either "ro" or "rw" mode, is controlled
7547                                 with CONFIG_XMON_DEFAULT_RO_MODE.
7548                         rw      xmon debugger hooks will be installed so xmon
7549                                 is called only on a kernel crash, mode is write,
7550                                 meaning SPR registers, memory and, other data
7551                                 can be written using xmon commands.
7552                         ro      same as "rw" option above but SPR registers,
7553                                 memory, and other data can't be written using
7554                                 xmon commands.
7555                         off     xmon is disabled.

~ [ source navigation ] ~ [ diff markup ] ~ [ identifier search ] ~

kernel.org | git.kernel.org | LWN.net | Project Home | SVN repository | Mail admin

Linux® is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States and other countries.
TOMOYO® is a registered trademark of NTT DATA CORPORATION.

sflogo.php